FIRST UNION STUDENT LOAN TRUST 1997-1
S-3, 1997-05-02
Previous: HOME SECURITY INTERNATIONAL INC, S-1, 1997-05-02
Next: PRICE T ROWE TAX EFFICIENT BALANCED FUND INC, N-8A, 1997-05-02





      As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 2, 1997
                                                   
                                              Registration No. 333-

================================================================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                           --------------------------
                                    FORM S-3
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                           --------------------------
                      First Union Student Loan Trust 1997-1
                   (Name of trust issuing Asset Backed Notes)
                 of which First Union National Bank is Depositor
      (Exact name of registrant as specified in its governing instruments)



        United States                                22-1147033
   (Jurisdiction of Organization)          (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

                             ----------------------
                   
                      FIRST UNION STUDENT LOAN TRUST 1997-1
                      c/o [Name of Eligible Lender Trustee]
                                    [Address]
                                 [Phone Number]
                    (Address of principal executive offices)
                           --------------------------
                       [Name of Eligible Lender Trustee],
       as Eligible Lender Trustee of First Union Student Loan Trust 1997-1
                                    [Address]
                                 [Phone Number]
                   ATTENTION: [CORPORATE TRUST ADMINISTRATION]
                     (Name and address of agent for service)
                           --------------------------
                                The Commission is
               requested to send copies of all communications to:
<TABLE>
  <S>                                  <C>                                     <C>       
  KARSTEN P. GIESECKE, ESQ.            MARION A. COWELL, JR., ESQ.                    R. MICHAEL DURRER, ESQ.
 Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft           First Union Corporation                     Kilpatrick Stockton LLP
   201 South College Street              301 South College Street                    301 South College Street
      Charlotte, NC 28244          Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-0013        Charlotte, North Carolina 28202-6001
        (704) 348-5100                        (704) 374-6161                              (704) 338-5083
</TABLE>
                           --------------------------

     Approximate  date of commencement of the proposed sale of the securities to
the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration
Statement.

     If the only  securities  being  registered  on this Form are being  offered
pursuant to dividend or interest  reinvestment plans, please check the following
box. |_|

     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, please check the following box. |_|

     If this form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. |_|

     If this form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities
Act  registration   statement  number  of  the  earlier  effective  registration
statement for the same offering. |_|

     If delivery of the  prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following  box. |_| 

                           --------------------------

                                 CALCULATION OF
                                REGISTRATION FEE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    Title of Each Class of Securities           Amount to           Proposed Maximum       Proposed Maximum          Amount of
            to be Registered                  be Registered        Offering Price Per     Aggregate Offering      Registration Fee
<S>                                               <C>                     <C>                 <C>                     <C>
First Union Student Loan Trust 1997-1             $1,000,000              100%                $1,000,000              $303.03
    Asset Backed Notes..................
</TABLE>
*Estimated for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

     The Registrant  hereby amends this  Registration  Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall
file a  further  amendment  which  specifically  states  that  the  Registration
Statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the Securities Act of 1933, or until this  Registration  Statement  shall become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.

================================================================================



<PAGE>


                                     PART II


                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


Item 14. Other Expenses Of Issuance And Distribution.

     Set forth below is an estimate  of the amount of fees and  expenses  (other
than underwriting discounts and commissions to be incurred with the issuance and
distribution of the shares.)

SEC Filing Fee.........................................   $303.03
Indenture Trustee's Fees...............................         *
Eligible Lender Trustee's Fees.........................         *
Legal Fees and Expenses................................         *
Accounting Fees and Expenses...........................         *
Blue Sky and Legal Investment Fees and Expenses........         *
Printing Fees and Expenses.............................         *
Rating Agency Fees and Expenses........................         *
Miscellaneous..........................................         *
     Total.............................................   $     *
- --------------
*  Not determinable at this time.


Item 15. Indemnification Of Directors And Officers.

     The Sale Agreement and the Master Servicing  Agreement will provide that no
director,  officer, employee or agent of the Depositor is liable to the Trust or
the  Securityholders,  except for any liability which would otherwise be imposed
by reason of willful misfeasance,  bad faith or negligence in the performance of
their  respective   duties  under  such  Sale  Agreement  and  Master  Servicing
Agreement, or by reason of reckless disregard of such duties. The Sale Agreement
and the Master Servicing Agreement will further provide that with the exceptions
stated  above,  a  director,  officer,  employee  or agent of the  Depositor  is
entitled to be  indemnified  and held  harmless  by the Trust  against any loss,
liability or expense  incurred in connection  with legal action relating to such
Sale Agreement and Master  Servicing  Agreements and related  Securities,  other
than any loss,  liability  or  expense:  (i)  specifically  required to be borne
thereby  pursuant  to the  terms of such Sale  Agreement  and  Master  Servicing
Agreements, or otherwise incidental to the performance of obligations and duties
thereunder;  and (ii) incurred in connection  with any violation of any state or
federal securities law.

     First  Union  Corporation   maintains   directors  and  officers  liability
insurance for the benefit of its subsidiaries,  which provides coverage of up to
$80,000,000,  subject to certain  deductible  amounts.  In  general,  the policy
insures (i) the  Depositor's  directors  and,  in certain  cases,  its  officers
against  any loss by  reason  of any of their  wrongful  acts,  and/or  (ii) the
Depositor against loss arising from claims against the directors and officers by
reason of their wrongful acts, all subject to the terms and conditions contained
in the policy.

     Under  agreements  which  may be  entered  into by the  Depositor,  certain
controlling persons,  directors and officers of the Depositor may be entitled to
indemnification  by underwriters  and agents who participate in the distribution
of Securities covered by the Registration Statement against certain liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act.


Item 16. Exhibits.

Exhibits

1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement*

4.1 Form of Indenture (including forms of Notes)*

4.2 Form of Trust Agreement (including form of Certificates)*

4.3 Form of Master Servicing Agreement*

4.4 Form of Sale Agreement*

4.5 Form of Administration Agreement*

4.6 Form of Guarantee Agreements*

5.1 Opinion of Counsel to the Issuer as to legality*

8.1  Opinion of Special  Federal  Income Tax Counsel to the Issuer as to certain
federal income tax matters*

23.1  Consents  of Counsel  and  Special  Federal  Income Tax  Counsel to Issuer
(included in exhibits 5.1 and 8.1)*

24.1 Power of Attorney (included on page II-4 of this Registration Statement)

25.1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification on Form T-1 of  [_____________],
as   Indenture   Trustee,   under  the   Indenture   relating   to  the   Notes*

- ----------------------- 
* To be filed by amendment.


Item 17. Undertakings.

         The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

              (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
         Act of 1933, the information  omitted from the form of prospectus filed
         as part of this  registration  statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and
         contained in a form of prospectus  filed by the registrant  pursuant to
         Rule  424(b)(1)  or (4) or  497(h)  under the Act shall be deemed to be
         part of this  registration  statement  as of the  time it was  declared
         effective.

              (2) For the purpose of  determining  any liability  under the Act,
         each post-effective  amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall
         be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
         offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall
         be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons of the
Depositor  pursuant to the  provisions  contained  in  foregoing  provisions  or
otherwise,  the Depositor has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission  such  indemnification  is  against  public  policy as
expressed  in such Act and is,  therefore,  unenforceable.  In the event  that a
claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the reimbursement
by the  Depositor  of  expenses  incurred  or paid  by a  director,  officer  or
controlling  person of the  Depositor in the  successful  defense of any action,
suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director,  officer or controlling person
in connection with the securities being  registered,  the Depositor will, unless
in the  opinion  of its  counsel  the matter  has been  settled  by  controlling
precedent,  submit to a court of appropriate  jurisdiction  the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in such Act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.




<PAGE>




                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
certifies  that it has  reasonable  grounds to believe  that it meets all of the
requirements  for  filing  on Form S-3 and has  duly  caused  this  Registration
Statement  to be  signed  on its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized, in New Brunswick, New Jersey, on May 2, 1997.

                               FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK


                               as depositor for First Union Student 
                               Loan Trust 1997-1


                               By: /s/Robert A. Dressel
                                   --------------------
                                   Name:   Robert A. Dressel
                                   Title:  Vice President



<PAGE>



     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,  that each person whose  signature  appears
below constitutes and appoints Brian E. Simpson,  James F. Powers and Stephen J.
Antal, and each of them, his true and lawful  attorneys-in-fact and agents, with
full power of substitution  and  resubstitution,  for and in his name, place and
stead,  in any  and all  capacities  to sign  any or all  amendments  (including
post-effective  amendments) to this Registration  Statement and any or all other
documents  in  connection  therewith,  and to file the same,  with all  exhibits
thereto,  with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  granting  unto  said
attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and
every  act and  thing  requisite  and  necessary  to be done  in and  about  the
premises,  as fully to all  intents  and  purposes  as might or could be done in
person,  hereby  ratifying and  confirming all that said  attorneys-in-fact  and
agents, or their substitute or substitutes,  may lawfully do or cause to be done
by virtue hereof.

     Pursuant  to  the   requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement  has been signed below by the  following  persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          Signature                                    Title                                  Date
<S>                                 <C>                                                 <C>
/s/Anthony P. Terracciano           Chairman of the Board, Director and Chief            May 2, 1997
- ----------------------------------  Executive Officer (Principal Executive
                                    Officer)

/s/Anthony R. Burriesci             Director and Chief Financial Officer                 May 2, 1997
- ----------------------------------  (Principal Financial Officer)


/s/James H. Hatch                   Chief Accounting Officer (Principal                  May 2, 1997
- ----------------------------------  Accounting Officer)


/s/Michael A. Gallagher             Director                                             May 1, 1997
- ----------------------------------


/s/George R. Halvorsen              Director                                             May 2, 1997
- ----------------------------------


/s/Michael L. LaRusso               Director                                             May 2, 1997
- ----------------------------------


/s/ Donald C. Parcells              Director                                             May 2, 1997
- ----------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>



                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement*

4.1 Form of Indenture (including forms of Notes)*

4.2 Form of Trust Agreement (including form of Certificates)*

4.3 Form of Master Servicing Agreement*

4.4 Form of Sale Agreement*

4.5 Form of Administration Agreement*

4.6 Form of Guarantee Agreements*

5.1 Opinion of Counsel to the Issuer as to legality*

8.1  Opinion of Special  Federal  Income Tax Counsel to the Issuer as to certain
federal income tax matters*

24.1  Consents  of Counsel  and  Special  Federal  Income Tax  Counsel to Issuer
(included in exhibits 5.1 and 8.1)*

25.1 Power of Attorney (included on page II-4 of this Registration Statement)

26.1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification on Form T-1 of  [_____________],
as Indenture Trustee, under the Indenture relating to the Notes*

- --------
*  To be filed by amendment.

INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT  TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.   A
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  RELATING  TO THESE  SECURITIES  HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION.  THESE  SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE  AN  OFFER  TO  SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION  OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.

                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MAY 2, 1997

                                  $-----------

                      FIRST UNION STUDENT LOAN TRUST 1997-1

             $---------- Floating Rate Class A-1 Asset Backed Notes
             $---------- Floating Rate Class A-2 Asset Backed Notes
               $---------- Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates
                               ------------------
                            FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK
                                     Seller
                            FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK
                                 Master Servicer
                               ------------------

     The First  Union  Student  Loan  Trust  1997-1  (the  "Trust")  will  issue
$-----------  aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Class A-1 Asset Backed
Notes (the  "Class  A-1  Notes"),  $-----------  aggregate  principal  amount of
Floating Rate Class A-2 Asset Backed Notes (the "Class A-2 Notes" and,  together
with the Class A-1 Notes,  the  "Notes")  and  $----------  aggregate  principal
amount of Floating  Rate Asset  Backed  Certificates  (the  "Certificates"  and,
together  with the Notes,  the  "Securities").  (Continued  on  following  page)

                               ------------------

     THE CERTIFICATES REPRESENT BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN, AND THE NOTES REPRESENT
OBLIGATIONS OF, THE TRUST ONLY AND DO NOT REPRESENT  INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS
OF THE  SELLER,  THE MASTER  SERVICER  OR ANY  AFFILIATE  THEREOF.  NEITHER  THE
CERTIFICATES NOR THE NOTES ARE GUARANTEED OR INSURED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSIDER THE FACTORS SET FORTH UNDER "RISK FACTORS"
BEGINNING ON PAGE 16.

                               ------------------

     THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED
UPON THE  ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY  REPRESENTATION  TO THE
CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Underwriting
                              Price to the            Discounts and             Proceeds to
                                Public (1)             Commissions             the Seller (1)(2)
                             ---------------          -------------          -------------------
<S>                          <C>                      <C>                    <C>
Per Class A-1 Note
Per Class A-2 Note
Per Certificate
Total
</TABLE>
     (1) Plus  accrued  interest,  if any,  from  June  ---,  1997.  (2)  Before
deducting expenses, estimated to be $-------------. ------------------ The Notes
and the Certificates are offered  severally by First Union Capital Markets Corp.
and  [------------------]  (the  "Underwriters")  when,  as and if issued by the
Trust and  delivered to and accepted by the  Underwriters,  and subject to their
right to reject  orders in whole or in part. It is expected that delivery of the
Notes and the Certificates in book-entry form will be made on or about June ---,
1997 through the  facilities  of The  Depository  Trust  Company on the Same Day
Funds  Settlement  System  and,  in the  case of the  Notes,  also  through  the
facilities of Cedel Bank, societe anonyme and the Euroclear System.

     First  Union  Capital  Markets  Corp.  expects to enter into  market-making
transactions in the Notes and the Certificates and may act as principal or agent
in any such  transactions.  Any such  purchases  or sales will be made at prices
related to prevailing  market prices at the time of sale. This Prospectus may be
used by First Union Capital Markets Corp. in connection with such  market-making
transactions.

FIRST UNION CAPITAL MARKETS CORP.        [-----------------------------------]

                 The date of this Prospectus is ----- --, 1997.


     The assets of the Trust will include a pool of student loans (the "Financed
Student Loans") purchased by  [---------------------------],  as eligible lender
trustee on behalf of the Trust (the "Eligible Lender Trustee"), from First Union
National Bank (the "Seller"), collections and other payments with respect to the
Financed  Student  Loans and monies on deposit in certain  trust  accounts to be
established  (including the Collection Account and the Reserve Account described
herein).  The  aggregate  principal  balance  of  the  Financed  Student  Loans,
including  previously  accrued  interest  which  has been or is  expected  to be
capitalized (as more  specifically  defined  herein,  the "Pool  Balance"),  was
approximately  $------------  as of June 1, 1997 (the "Cutoff Date").  The Notes
will  be  secured  by  the  assets  of  the   Trust.   The   interests   of  the
Certificateholders  in the  assets  of the  Trust  will be  subordinated  to the
interests of the Noteholders therein to the extent described herein.

     Interest on and principal of the Securities will be payable quarterly on or
about the  [----------]  day of each of March,  June,  September  and  December,
commencing September --, 1997 (each, a "Distribution Date");  provided,  that no
distributions  in  respect of  principal  of the Class A-2 Notes will be payable
until the Class A-1 Notes are paid in full, and no  distributions  in respect of
principal of the Certificates will be payable until the Class A-2 Notes are paid
in full. Interest will accrue,  subject to certain limitations described herein,
for each  quarterly  interest  period on each class of Securities at a per annum
rate  equal  to the  T-Bill  Rate  (determined  as  described  herein)  plus the
applicable  Margin.  The Margin will be --% for the Class A-1 Notes, --% for the
Class A-2 Notes and -----% for the Certificates.

     The final  maturity  date for the Class A-1 Notes will be the -------- 200-
Distribution  Date,  the final maturity date for the Class A-2 Notes will be the
- -------- 20--  Distribution  Date and the  scheduled  final payment date for the
Certificates will be the ---------- 20-- Distribution Date. However,  payment in
full of the Notes and the Certificates could occur earlier, and final payment of
the  Certificates  could occur later,  than such dates as described  herein.  In
addition, the Notes and the Certificates will be repaid (i) upon the sale of any
Financed  Student  Loans  remaining in the Trust after the Pool Balance has been
reduced to 10% or less of the  Initial  Pool  Balance,  pursuant  to the auction
procedures  described  herein  and (ii) on any  Distribution  Date on which  the
Seller exercises its option to purchase the Financed Student Loans,  exercisable
after the Pool  Balance  has been  reduced to [5]% or less of the  Initial  Pool
Balance.

     First Union National Bank, a separate  national banking  association and an
affiliate  of the Seller  ("First  Union"),  will serve as Master  Servicer  and
Administrator  of the Financed  Student Loans.  The Financed  Student Loans will
include loans guaranteed by the Pennsylvania Higher Education  Assistance Agency
("PHEAA"), the New Jersey Higher Education Assistance Authority ("NJHEAA"),  the
Connecticut  Student Loan Foundation  ("CSLF"),  the N.Y. State Higher Education
Services Corporation ("NYSHESC"),  the United Student Aid Funds, Inc. (("USAF"),
[and other agencies further described herein] and reinsured by the United States
Department of Education (the "Department").

     Neither  the Notes  nor the  Certificates  will be  listed on any  national
securities  exchange.  The Underwriters intend to make a secondary market in the
Notes and the Certificates but neither has any obligation to do so. There can be
no  assurance  that a secondary  market for the Notes or the  Certificates  will
develop or, if it does develop, that it will continue.

     The Seller has not  authorized  any offer of Notes or  Certificates  to the
public  in the  United  Kingdom  within  the  meaning  of the  Public  Offers of
Securities Regulations 1995 (the "Regulations").  The Notes and Certificates may
not  lawfully  be offered or sold to  persons  in the United  Kingdom  except in
circumstances  which  do not  result  in an offer to the  public  in the  United
Kingdom within the meaning of the  Regulations  or otherwise in compliance  with
all applicable provisions of the Regulations. 

                               ------------------

     CERTAIN PERSONS  PARTICIPATING  IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
IN THE UNITED STATES THAT STABILIZE,  MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE  AFFECT THE PRICE OF
THE  NOTES  AND THE  CERTIFICATES,  INCLUDING  OVER-ALLOTMENT,  STABILIZING  AND
SHORT-COVERING  TRANSACTIONS IN SUCH SECURITIES, AND THE IMPOSITION OF A PENALTY
BID, DURING AND AFTER THE OFFERING.  FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES,  SEE
"UNDERWRITING."

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     The Seller,  as originator of the Trust,  has filed with the Securities and
Exchange  Commission (the "Commission") a Registration  Statement (together with
all amendments and exhibits  thereto,  the  "Registration  Statement") under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities  Act"),  with respect to the
Securities offered hereby. This Prospectus, which forms part of the Registration
Statement,  does not contain all the information  contained therein. For further
information,  reference  is  made to the  Registration  Statement  which  may be
inspected  and  copied at the  public  reference  facilities  maintained  by the
Commission  at 450  Fifth  Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20549;  and at the
Commission's  regional  offices at Seven World Trade Center,  New York, New York
10048;  and 500 West Madison Street,  14th Floor,  Chicago,  Illinois 60661, and
copies of all or any part  thereof  may be  obtained  from the Public  Reference
Branch of the  Commission  upon the payment of certain  fees  prescribed  by the
Commission.   In  addition,   the   Registration   Statement   may  be  accessed
electronically  at the  Commission's  site on the  World  Wide  Web  located  at
http://www.sec.gov.

                           REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS

     Unless and until  Definitive  Notes or Definitive  Certificates are issued,
quarterly and annual unaudited  reports  containing  information  concerning the
Financed Student Loans will be prepared by the  Administrator and sent on behalf
of the Trust only to Cede & Co.  ("Cede"),  as nominee of The  Depository  Trust
Company  ("DTC") and registered  holder of the Notes and the  Certificates,  but
will not be sent to any beneficial  holder of the Securities.  Such reports will
not  constitute  financial  statements  prepared in  accordance  with  generally
accepted accounting principles. See "Description of the Securities -- Book-Entry
Registration" and "-- Reports to Securityholders".  The Trust will file with the
Commission such periodic  reports as are required under the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act"),  and the rules and regulations of
the  Commission  thereunder.  The Trust  intends to  suspend  the filing of such
reports  under the  Exchange  Act when and if the  filing of such  reports is no
longer statutorily required.

                 INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

     All reports and other  documents filed by the  Administrator,  on behalf of
the Trust,  pursuant to Sections  13(a),  13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act
subsequent to the date of this  Prospectus  and prior to the  termination of the
offering of the Notes and  Certificates  shall be deemed to be  incorporated  by
reference into this  Prospectus and to be part hereof.  Any statement  contained
herein or in a document  incorporated  or deemed to be incorporated by reference
herein  shall be  deemed to be  modified  or  superseded  for  purposes  of this
Prospectus  to  the  extent  that  a  statement   contained  herein  or  in  any
subsequently  filed  document which also is or is deemed to be  incorporated  by
reference  herein modifies or supersedes  such statement.  Any such statement so
modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded,
to constitute a part of this Prospectus.

     The Administrator will provide without charge to each person to whom a copy
of this  Prospectus  is  delivered,  on the written or oral  request of any such
person, a copy of any or all of the documents  incorporated herein by reference,
except the exhibits to such  documents  (unless such  exhibits are  specifically
incorporated by reference in such  documents).  Written requests for such copies
should be directed to First  Union  National  Bank,  301 South  College  Street,
Charlotte,  North Carolina 28288-____,  Attention:  Trust  Administrator,  First
Union  Student Loan Trust 1997-1.  Telephone  requests for such copies should be
directed to the Administrator at (704) ----------------.


                                SUMMARY OF TERMS

         The following  summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Certain capitalized
terms  used in  this  Prospectus  are  defined  elsewhere  herein  on the  pages
indicated in the "Index of Principal Terms".

Issuer .......................First  Union   Student   Loan  Trust  1997-1  (the
                              "Trust"). The Trust was established under the laws
                              of [the State of Delaware  as a Delaware  business
                              trust] under the Trust  Agreement.  The activities
                              of the Trust and the Eligible  Lender Trustee will
                              be limited by the terms of the Trust  Agreement to
                              acquiring,   owning  and   managing  the  Financed
                              Student Loans and the other assets of the Trust as
                              described  herein,   issuing  the  Securities  and
                              making  payments  thereon,  and  other  activities
                              related thereto.

Securities Offered ...........Floating  Rate Class A-1 Asset  Backed  Notes (the
                              "Class  A-1   Notes")  in  an  initial   aggregate
                              principal  amount of  $-----------,  Floating Rate
                              Class A-2  Asset  Backed  Notes  (the  "Class  A-2
                              Notes" and, together with the Class A-1 Notes, the
                              "Notes") in an initial aggregate  principal amount
                              of  $-----------  and  Floating  Rate Asset Backed
                              Certificates  (the  "Certificates"  and,  together
                              with the Notes,  the  "Securities")  in an initial
                              aggregate  principal amount of  $-----------.  The
                              Securities  will  be  available  for  purchase  in
                              denominations  of $1,000  and  integral  multiples
                              thereof in book-entry form only. Persons acquiring
                              beneficial  ownership  interests in the Notes will
                              hold  their  interests  in the Notes  through  The
                              Depository  Trust  Company  ("DTC")  in the United
                              States or Cedel Bank, societe anonyme ("Cedel") or
                              the Euroclear System  ("Euroclear") in Europe, and
                              persons acquiring  beneficial  ownership interests
                              in the  Certificates  will hold their interests in
                              the Certificates  through DTC. See "Description of
                              the   Securities--    Book-Entry    Registration".
                              Securityholders  will not be entitled to receive a
                              Definitive  Security,  except  in the  event  that
                              Definitive  Securities  are issued in the  limited
                              circumstances  described herein.  See "Description
                              of the Securities-- Definitive Securities".

Seller .......................First  Union  National  Bank,  a national  banking
                              association  having its main  office in  Avondale,
                              Pennsylvania  (the  "Seller"),  has  originated or
                              acquired the Financed  Student Loans and will sell
                              them  to the  Trust.  The  Seller  is an  indirect
                              subsidiary  of  First  Union  Corporation  and  an
                              affiliate    of   the   Master    Servicer,    the
                              Administrator  and  First  Union  Capital  Markets
                              Corp.

Master Servicer ..............First Union  National  Bank,  a separate  national
                              banking  association  having  its main  office  in
                              Charlotte,  North  Carolina  ("First  Union"),  as
                              Master  Servicer  on  behalf  of  the  Trust  (the
                              "Master  Servicer"),  will  service  the  Financed
                              Student  Loans  pursuant  to  a  Master  Servicing
                              Agreement  to be  dated  as of  June 1,  1997  (as
                              amended and  supplemented  from time to time,  the
                              "Master Servicing Agreement") among the Trust, the
                              Master  Servicer,   the   Administrator   and  the
                              Eligible   Lender   Trustee.   First  Union  is  a
                              subsidiary  of  First  Union  Corporation  and  an
                              affiliate  of the Seller and First  Union  Capital
                              Markets  Corp.  The  Master  Servicer  intends  to
                              service the Financed  Student Loans through one or
                              more  subservicers as described  herein under "The
                              Seller,    the    Master    Servicer    and    the
                              Administrator--   The  Master   Servicer  and  the
                              Administrator".

Administrator ................First     Union,     as     administrator     (the
                              "Administrator")  on behalf of the Trust  pursuant
                              to an Administration  Agreement to be entered into
                              (as  amended and  supplemented  from time to time,
                              the   "Administration   Agreement"),   among   the
                              Administrator,   the  Trust   and  the   Indenture
                              Trustee.

Eligible Lender Trustee ......[---------------------------],   as  trustee  (the
                              "Eligible   Lender   Trustee")   under  the  Trust
                              Agreement dated as of June 1, 1997 (as amended and
                              supplemented   from  time  to  time,   the  "Trust
                              Agreement")  between  the Seller and the  Eligible
                              Lender  Trustee  pursuant  to which  the  Eligible
                              Lender  Trustee  acts as holder of legal  title to
                              the Financed Student Loans on behalf of the Trust.
                              See  "Formation  of the Trust --  Eligible  Lender
                              Trustee".

Indenture Trustee ............[---------------------------]    (the   "Indenture
                              Trustee"),  as trustee  under the  Indenture to be
                              dated  as  of  June  1,  1997  (as   amended   and
                              supplemented  from time to time, the  "Indenture")
                              between the Trust and the Indenture Trustee.

Transaction Overview .........The Trust  will  issue the Notes  pursuant  to the
                              Indenture. The Notes will be secured by the assets
                              which will  include  (i) a pool of  student  loans
                              (the  "Financed  Student  Loans")  made  under the
                              Federal Family  Education Loan Program  ("FFELP"),
                              guaranteed  as to the  payment  of  principal  and
                              interest  by  certain   guarantee   agencies   and
                              reinsured  by  the  United  States  Department  of
                              Education,   purchased  by  the  Eligible   Lender
                              Trustee  on behalf of the Trust from the Seller on
                              or prior to the date of issuance of the Securities
                              (the "Closing Date") , (ii)  collections and other
                              payments  with  respect  to the  Financed  Student
                              Loans and (iii) monies on deposit in certain trust
                              accounts   to  be   established   (including   the
                              Collection  Account and the Reserve Account).  See
                              "--Assets  of the Trust"  below.  Pursuant  to the
                              Trust   Agreement,   the  Trust   will  issue  the
                              Certificates.     The     interests     of     the
                              Certificateholders in the assets of the Trust will
                              be   subordinated   to   the   interests   of  the
                              Noteholders  therein to the extent described under
                              "Description    of    the     Securities--     The
                              Certificates--Subordination of the Certificates."

Credit Enhancement ...........The principal  source of payments on the Notes and
                              distributions on the Certificates will be payments
                              received from or on behalf of borrowers,  payments
                              from Guarantors and the  Department,  and proceeds
                              of the repurchase of Financed Student Loans by the
                              Seller.    Additional   credit    enhancement   is
                              available,  however,  in the  form of the  Reserve
                              Account   described  herein  and  excess  interest
                              payable on the Financed Student Loans to cover (a)
                              losses  or  delays  in  payment  due to  delay  in
                              receiving  payments from borrowers,  Guarantors or
                              the  Department,  (b) losses on  Financed  Student
                              Loans  (including  those  disbursed  on  or  after
                              October  1,  1993,  as  to  which   guarantees  of
                              Guarantors and the  Department's  insurance  cover
                              only 98% of the principal  balance of the Financed
                              Student  Loans) and (c) certain  other  shortfalls
                              described herein, in each case, to the extent such
                              losses,  delays  or  other  shortfalls  result  in
                              shortfalls  in  payments  of interest on the Notes
                              and the Certificates on any Distribution  Date (or
                              shortfalls  of  principal  at final  maturity,  as
                              defined herein).

Payments and Distributions:

A. Distribution Dates ........Interest  on  and   principal  of  each  class  of
                              Securities  will be payable  quarterly on or about
                              the [ ] day of each of March, June,  September and
                              December,  commencing September ---, 1997 (each, a
                              "Distribution Date");  provided,  however, that no
                              distributions in respect of principal of the Class
                              A-2 Notes  will be made  until the Class A-1 Notes
                              have been paid in full,  and no  distributions  in
                              respect of principal of the  Certificates  will be
                              made  until the Class A-2 Notes  have been paid in
                              full.

B. Record Date ...............Payments  in  respect  of the  Securities  will be
                              payable  to  holders  of record of the Notes  (the
                              "Noteholders")  and to  holders  of  record of the
                              Certificates   (the    "Certificateholders"   and,
                              together     with     the     Noteholders,     the
                              "Securityholders")   as  of   the   business   day
                              preceding each Distribution Date.

C. Interest ..................Interest  accrued on the  Securities  during  each
                              Interest  Period  will be payable  on the  related
                              Distribution  Date.  Interest  will accrue on each
                              class of  Securities  at a per annum rate equal to
                              the  lesser of (i) the daily  weighted  average of
                              the  T-Bill  Rates  within  such  Interest  Period
                              (determined as described under "Description of the
                              Securities --  Determination of the T-Bill Rates")
                              plus the  applicable  Margin and (ii) the  Student
                              Loan   Rate   (determined   as   described   under
                              "Description of the Securities -- The Notes"). The
                              "Margin" will be --% for the Class A-1 Notes,  --%
                              for  the   Class  A-2  Notes  and  ----%  for  the
                              Certificates.  Interest  will be calculated on the
                              basis of the actual number of days elapsed in each
                              Interest Period divided by 365 (or 366 in the case
                              of  a  leap  year).   Interest  not  paid  on  any
                              Distribution  Date will be carried  forward and be
                              payable, with interest accrued thereon at the rate
                              borne  by the  respective  Security,  on the  next
                              Distribution Date.

                              The   "Interest   Period"   with  respect  to  any
                              Distribution   Date  means  the  period  from  the
                              Closing Date, or from the most recent Distribution
                              Date on  which  interest  has  been  paid,  to but
                              excluding such current Distribution Date.

                              The T-Bill Rate will generally be adjusted  weekly
                              on the  calendar  day  following  each  auction of
                              direct  obligations  of the United  States  with a
                              maturity of 13 weeks ("91-day  Treasury Bills") to
                              equal the weighted average per annum discount rate
                              (expressed on a bond equivalent  basis and applied
                              on a daily  basis) of the  91-day  Treasury  Bills
                              sold  at   such   auction.   Notwithstanding   the
                              foregoing,  (i) the T-Bill Rate in effect from the
                              first day of the Interest  Period,  including  the
                              initial  Interest  Period,  through the day of the
                              first 91-day Treasury Bill auction on or after the
                              first day of each Interest Period will be based on
                              the  results of the most  recent  91-day  Treasury
                              Bill auction prior to such day and (ii) the T-Bill
                              Rate will be  subject  to a lock-in  period of six
                              business days  preceding each  Distribution  Date,
                              during  which the same  T-Bill Rate will remain in
                              effect from the first day of such period until the
                              end  of  the  Interest   Period  related  to  such
                              Distribution   Date.  See   "Description   of  the
                              Securities -- Determination of the T-Bill Rates."

                              To the extent that the  interest  rate for a class
                              of  Securities  is based on the Student  Loan Rate
                              for any such  Interest  Period,  the excess of (i)
                              the amount of interest on such class of Securities
                              calculated  on the  basis  of the  daily  weighted
                              average of the T-Bill Rates  within such  Interest
                              Period  plus the  applicable  Margin as  described
                              above  over (ii) the  amount of  interest  on such
                              class of Securities actually accrued in respect of
                              such  Interest  Period  based on the Student  Loan
                              Rate  will  be  paid  (together  with  the  unpaid
                              portion of any such excess from prior Distribution
                              Dates and  interest  accrued  thereon at the daily
                              weighted  average of the T-Bill  Rates within such
                              Interest  Period  plus the  applicable  Margin  as
                              described  above for such class of  Securities) on
                              such   Distribution   Date   or   any   subsequent
                              Distribution  Date on a subordinated  basis to the
                              extent funds are allocated and available  therefor
                              after making all required  prior  allocations  and
                              distributions  on  such  Distribution   Dates,  as
                              described  under  "Description of the Transfer and
                              Servicing   Agreements  --   Distributions."   The
                              payment of such amounts due to  Certificateholders
                              on  any  Distribution   Date  (such  amount,   the
                              "Certificateholders' Interest Index Carryover") is
                              further   subordinated  to  the  payment  of  such
                              amounts due to the Noteholders on any Distribution
                              Date  (such  amount,  the  "Noteholders'  Interest
                              Index   Carryover").   To  the  extent  funds  are
                              available   therefor,   the    Certificateholders'
                              Interest Index  Carryover may be paid prior to the
                              time that the Notes are paid in full. Noteholders'
                              Interest Index  Carryover and  Certificateholders'
                              Interest  Index  Carryover  will continue to be so
                              payable  notwithstanding that the principal amount
                              of the  applicable  class of  Securities  has been
                              reduced  to zero;  provided  that no such  amounts
                              will be payable after the final  Distribution Date
                              upon  termination of the Trust. The ratings on the
                              Securities  do  not  address  the   likelihood  of
                              payment  of  any   Noteholders'   Interest   Index
                              Carryover or  Certificateholders'  Interest  Index
                              Carryover.

                              The "Student Loan Rate" for any Interest Period is
                              defined under  "Description  of the  Securities --
                              The  Notes  --  Distributions  of  Interest."  The
                              Student  Loan  Rate for any  Interest  Period is a
                              rate   calculated   generally   on  the  basis  of
                              collections   on  the   Financed   Student   Loans
                              available  or  expected  to be  available  to  pay
                              interest  on  the  Securities   after  payment  of
                              certain  expenses  of the Trust for such  Interest
                              Period.

D. Principal .................Principal  will be  payable  on each  Distribution
                              Date  in  an   amount   equal  to  the   Principal
                              Distribution  Amount for such  Distribution  Date.
                              The  Principal  Distribution  Amount will be equal
                              (i) with respect to the initial Distribution Date,
                              to the amount by which the sum of the  outstanding
                              principal   balance   of   the   Notes   and   the
                              Certificates exceeds the Adjusted Pool Balance for
                              such  Distribution  Date and (ii) with  respect to
                              each subsequent  Distribution  Date, to the amount
                              by  which  the  Adjusted   Pool  Balance  for  the
                              preceding  Distribution  Date exceeds the Adjusted
                              Pool Balance for such Distribution  Date. For this
                              purpose,  "Adjusted Pool Balance"  means,  for any
                              Distribution  Date,  (a) if the Pool Balance as of
                              the last day of the related  Collection  Period is
                              greater than 40% of the Initial Pool Balance,  the
                              sum of such Pool Balance and the Specified Reserve
                              Account Balance for such Distribution Date, or (b)
                              if the  Pool  Balance  as of the  last  day of the
                              related Collection Period is less than or equal to
                              40%  of  the  Initial  Pool  Balance,   such  Pool
                              Balance.  See  "Description  of the  Transfer  and
                              Servicing       Agreements--       Distributions--
                              Distributions from Collection Account."

                              The Principal  Distribution Amount will be applied
                              on each Distribution Date, first, to the principal
                              balance   of  the  Class  A-1  Notes   until  such
                              principal  balance is reduced to zero, then to the
                              principal  balance  of the Class  A-2 Notes  until
                              such principal balance is reduced to zero and then
                              to the principal balance of the Certificates until
                              such  principal  balance is  reduced to zero.  See
                              "Description   of  the  Transfer   and   Servicing
                              Agreements -- Distributions -- Distributions  from
                              Collection Account."

                              "Collection  Period"  means  each  period of three
                              calendar  months from and  including the date next
                              following  the  end  of the  preceding  Collection
                              Period (or,  with respect to the first  Collection
                              Period,  the period  beginning  on the Cutoff Date
                              and ending on August 31, 1997).

                              "Pool  Balance" is defined under  "Description  of
                              the   Transfer   and   Servicing   Agreements   --
                              Distributions".  The  Pool  Balance  at  any  time
                              generally   represents  the  aggregate   principal
                              balance of the Financed  Student  Loans at the end
                              of  the  preceding  Collection  Period  (including
                              accrued   interest  thereon  for  such  Collection
                              Period  to  the  extent  such   interest  will  be
                              capitalized upon commencement of repayment), after
                              giving  effect  to all  payments  received  by the
                              Trust during such Collection  Period  allocable to
                              principal  and all  losses  realized  on  Financed
                              Student Loans  liquidated  during such  Collection
                              Period.

E. Payment Priorities ........Pursuant to the Master  Servicing  Agreement,  the
                              Administrator  will instruct the Indenture Trustee
                              to  withdraw  funds on deposit  in the  Collection
                              Account  and to apply  such  funds on or about the
                              ----- day of each  month (the  "Monthly  Servicing
                              Payment Date") to the payment of the Servicing Fee
                              (as  defined  under   "--Transfer   and  Servicing
                              Agreements" below) to the Master Servicer,  and on
                              each  Distribution  Date to the  following (in the
                              priority indicated):

                              (i) the  Servicing  Fee and all overdue  Servicing
                              Fees to the Master Servicer;

                              (ii)   the    quarterly   fee   payable   to   the
                              Administrator and all overdue  administration fees
                              to the Administrator;

                              (iii) the  quarterly  fee payable to the Indenture
                              Trustee  and all  overdue  fees  to the  Indenture
                              Trustee;

                              (iv) the  quarterly  fee  payable to the  Eligible
                              Lender   Trustee  and  all  overdue  fees  to  the
                              Eligible Lender Trustee;

                              (v)  interest  due  to  the  Noteholders  and  all
                              overdue  interest  (other  than  the  Noteholders'
                              Interest Index Carryover) as described above under
                              "-- Payments and Distributions -- Interest";

                              (vi)  interest due to the  Certificateholders  and
                              all    overdue    interest    (other    than   the
                              Certificateholders'  Interest Index  Carryover) as
                              described    above   under   "--    Payments   and
                              Distributions -- Interest ";

                              (vii)  principal  payable  to the  Noteholders  as
                              described    above   under   "--    Payments   and
                              Distributions -- Principal";

                              (viii)  on each  Distribution  Date  on and  after
                              which  the  Notes  are  paid  in  full,  principal
                              distributable   to   the   Certificateholders   as
                              described    above   under   "--    Payments   and
                              Distributions -- Principal";

                              (ix) the amount, if any, necessary to be deposited
                              in the Reserve  Account to  reinstate  the balance
                              thereof to the Specified Reserve Account Balance;

                              [(x) the  aggregate  unpaid  amount of the  Excess
                              Servicing  Fee (as defined  under "-- Transfer and
                              Servicing  Agreements"  below),  if  any,  to  the
                              Master Servicer;]

                              (xi) the aggregate  unpaid amount of  Noteholders'
                              Interest   Index   Carryover,   if  any,   to  the
                              Noteholders;

                              (xii)    the    aggregate    unpaid    amount   of
                              Certificateholders'  Interest Index Carryover,  if
                              any, to the Certificateholders; and

                              (xiii) any remaining  amounts after application of
                              clauses  (i)  through  (xii)  above to the Reserve
                              Account.

                              Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence
                              of the Event of Default under the  Indenture,  all
                              amounts  payable with respect to the  Certificates
                              will be subordinated to the payment of all amounts
                              payable   with   respect   to   the   Notes.   See
                              "Description of Transfer and Servicing  Agreements
                              -- Distributions -- Distributions  from Collection
                              Account."

F. Maturity Dates ............The outstanding  principal amount of the Class A-1
                              Notes,  Class A-2 Notes  and the  Certificates  is
                              payable  in full on the Class  A-1 Final  Maturity
                              Date,  the Class A-2 Final  Maturity  Date and the
                              Certificate Final Payment Date, respectively.  The
                              "Class A-1 Final Maturity Date" is the ------ 200-
                              Distribution  Date.  The "Class A-2 Final Maturity
                              Date" is the ------ 200-  Distribution  Date,  and
                              the "Certificate Final Payment Date" is the ------
                              200- Distribution  Date.  Although the maturity of
                              certain of the Financed  Student  Loans may extend
                              beyond such maturity dates, the actual maturity of
                              one  or  both   classes   of  Notes   and/or   the
                              Certificates could occur sooner than such dates as
                              a result of a variety of factors,  including  as a
                              result of (i) prepayments on the Financed  Student
                              Loans,  (ii) accelerated  payments of principal in
                              respect of the Securities  from amounts on deposit
                              in  the  Reserve   Account  as   described   under
                              "--Assets of the Trust--  Reserve  Account," (iii)
                              the sale of the Financed Student Loans pursuant to
                              an auction of the Financed Student Loans after the
                              Pool  Balance  has been  reduced to 10% or less of
                              the Initial Pool Balance as described  below under
                              "--Auction of Trust  Assets," or (iv) the exercise
                              by the  Seller  of its  option to  repurchase  the
                              Financed  Student Loans after the Pool Balance has
                              been  reduced to [5]% or less of the Initial  Pool
                              Balance  (as  defined  under  "--  Assets  of  the
                              Trust--  Collection  Account -- Distributions from
                              the  Collection   Account").   See  "The  Financed
                              Student  Loan  Pool  --  Maturity  and  Prepayment
                              Assumptions".  Because  the actual rate and timing
                              of payments of  principal  will depend on a number
                              of factors,  including  the rate and timing of the
                              payments on the Financed Student Loans,  there can
                              be no  assurance  of the actual  rate or timing of
                              such payments of principal.

Auction of Trust Assets ......Any Financed  Student Loans remaining in the Trust
                              as of the end of the Collection Period immediately
                              following the Distribution  Date on which the Pool
                              Balance  is  less  than  or  equal  to  10% of the
                              Initial  Pool  Balance will be offered for sale by
                              the  Indenture   Trustee  as  of  the   succeeding
                              Distribution   Date  (the  "Auction   Distribution
                              Date"). First Union, its affiliates, and unrelated
                              third  parties  may offer  bids to  purchase  such
                              Financed  Student  Loans  as  of  such  succeeding
                              Distribution  Date.  If  at  least  two  bids  are
                              received,  the Indenture  Trustee will solicit and
                              resolicit new bids from all participating  bidders
                              until  only  one  bid  remains  or  the  remaining
                              bidders  decline to resubmit  bids.  The Indenture
                              Trustee will accept the highest of such  remaining
                              bids if it is equal to or in excess of the  higher
                              of the Minimum Purchase Amount and the fair market
                              value of such Financed Student Loans as of the end
                              of the Collection Period immediately preceding the
                              Auction  Distribution  Date.  If at least two bids
                              are not  received  or the  highest  bid  after the
                              resolicitation  process is  completed is not equal
                              to or in  excess  of the  higher  of  the  Minimum
                              Purchase  Amount and the fair market  value of the
                              Financed Student Loans, the Indenture Trustee will
                              not consummate  such sale.  The Indenture  Trustee
                              may consult  and, at the  direction of the Seller,
                              will  be  required  to  consult  with a  financial
                              advisor,   which   may   include   either  of  the
                              Underwriters or the Administrator, to determine if
                              the  fair  market  value of the  Financed  Student
                              Loans has been  offered.  The net  proceeds of any
                              such sale will be used to redeem  any  outstanding
                              Notes and to retire any  outstanding  Certificates
                              on such Auction Distribution Date.

                              If the sale is not  consummated in accordance with
                              the  procedures  described  above,  the  Indenture
                              Trustee may, but shall not be under any obligation
                              to, solicit bids for sale of the Financed  Student
                              Loans on  future  Distribution  Dates  upon  terms
                              similar to those described above. In the event the
                              Financed  Student Loans are not sold in accordance
                              with   the   foregoing,    on   each    subsequent
                              Distribution Date, if the amount on deposit in the
                              Reserve Account on such  Distribution  Date (after
                              giving effect to all withdrawals therefrom on such
                              Distribution Date, except  withdrawals  payable to
                              the Seller other than as a  Certificateholder)  is
                              in excess of the Specified Reserve Account Balance
                              for such Distribution Date, the Administrator will
                              direct the  Indenture  Trustee to  distribute  the
                              amount of such excess as  accelerated  payments of
                              principal  on the Notes and the  Certificates.  No
                              assurance can be given as to whether the Indenture
                              Trustee   will   be   successful   in   soliciting
                              acceptable  bids to purchase the Financed  Student
                              Loans on either the Auction  Distribution  Date or
                              any subsequent Distribution Date.

                              "Minimum  Purchase  Amount"  means an amount  that
                              would be sufficient to (i) reduce the  outstanding
                              principal  amount  of each  class  of  Notes  then
                              outstanding  on such  Distribution  Date to  zero,
                              (ii) pay to Noteholders the Noteholders'  Interest
                              Distribution  Amount payable on such  Distribution
                              Date,  (iii)  reduce  the  Certificate  Balance to
                              zero,  (iv)  pay  to  the  Certificateholders  the
                              Certificateholders'  Interest  Distribution Amount
                              payable on such  Distribution Date and (v) pay the
                              aggregate  fees and expenses of such auction.  See
                              "Description   of  the  Transfer   and   Servicing
                              Agreements -- Termination" herein.

Optional Purchase ............The Seller may repurchase  all remaining  Financed
                              Student  Loans  at a price  equal  to the  Minimum
                              Purchase   Amount,   and  thus  effect  the  early
                              retirement of the Securities,  on any Distribution
                              Date on or after  which the Pool  Balance is equal
                              to [5]% or less of the Initial Pool  Balance.  See
                              "Description   of  the  Transfer   and   Servicing
                              Agreements -- Termination".

Assets of the Trust ..........The   assets  of  the  Trust  will   include   the
                              following:

A. Financed Student
   Loans .....................The  Financed   Student   Loans  will  consist  of
                              education  loans to  students  and/or  parents  of
                              students  ("Student Loans") made under the Federal
                              Family  Education Loan Program  ("FFELP") and will
                              include  rights  to  receive  payments  made  with
                              respect  to such  Financed  Student  Loans and the
                              proceeds thereof. On or prior to the Closing Date,
                              the Seller will sell the  Financed  Student  Loans
                              having an aggregate  principal balance,  including
                              previously  accrued  interest which has been or is
                              expected   to  be   capitalized   (calculated   as
                              described       herein)      of      approximately
                              $---------------  as of  the  Cutoff  Date  to the
                              Eligible  Lender  Trustee  on  behalf of the Trust
                              pursuant to a Sale  Agreement  to be dated as June
                              1, 1997 (as amended and supplemented  from time to
                              time, the "Sale Agreement"), among the Seller, the
                              Trust  and the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee.  On the
                              Closing Date, the aggregate  initial  principal of
                              the  Notes and the  Certificates  is -----% of the
                              aggregate   principal   balance  of  the  Financed
                              Student  Loans as of the Cutoff Date.  Payments on
                              Financed  Student  Loans  in  excess  of  interest
                              accrued  on the  Notes  and the  Certificates  and
                              other distributions required under "Description of
                              Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Distributions
                              -- Distributions from Collection  Account" will be
                              applied  to  principal  of  the  Notes  until  the
                              aggregate  principal  balance  of  the  Notes  and
                              Certificates has been reduced to the Adjusted Pool
                              Balance for such Distribution Date.

                              The  Financed  Student  Loans were  originated  or
                              acquired  by the  Seller  or an  affiliate  of the
                              Seller and  include  only  Student  Loans that are
                              guaranteed  as to the  payment  of  principal  and
                              interest by PHEAA,  NJHEAA,  CSLF, NYSHESC,  USAF,
                              [and other agencies further described herein] (the
                              "Guarantors"),  and are  reinsured  by the  United
                              States Department of Education (the "Department").
                              The Financed Student Loans have been selected from
                              the Student Loans owned by the Seller based on the
                              criteria  specified  in  the  Sale  Agreement  and
                              described  herein.  Student  Loans  made  prior to
                              October  1,  1993  are  100%   guaranteed  by  the
                              applicable   Guarantor,   and  reinsured   against
                              default by the Department up to a maximum of 100%.
                              Student Loans made on or after October 1, 1993 are
                              98%  guaranteed by the applicable  Guarantor,  and
                              reinsured  against default by the Department up to
                              a maximum  of 98%.  All  references  herein to the
                              guarantee and reinsurance coverage with respect to
                              the Financed Student Loans should be understood to
                              mean  either (i) such 100%  guarantee  and maximum
                              reinsurance  coverage  with  respect  to  Financed
                              Student  Loans  made  prior to  October 1, 1993 or
                              (ii) such 98%  guarantee  and maximum  reinsurance
                              coverage  with respect to Financed  Student  Loans
                              made on or after October 1, 1993. As of the Cutoff
                              Date,  approximately ----% of the Financed Student
                              Loans by  principal  balance were made on or after
                              October 1, 1993.

                              As  of  the  Cutoff  Date,  the  weighted  average
                              interest  rate per annum of the  Financed  Student
                              Loans  was  approximately   ----%  (based  on  the
                              applicable  interest  rates as of the Cutoff Date)
                              and  the  weighted   average   remaining  term  to
                              scheduled   maturity   (exclusive  of  any  future
                              deferral  or  forbearance   periods  and  assuming
                              expected   graduation   dates  and  typical  grace
                              periods)  of  the  Financed   Student   Loans  was
                              approximately ----- months. As of the Cutoff Date,
                              approximately  ----% of the Financed Student Loans
                              by principal balance are guaranteed by PHEAA, ---%
                              are  guaranteed by NJHEAA,  ---% are guaranteed by
                              CSLF,  ---% are  guaranteed  by NYSHESC,  ---% are
                              guaranteed  by USAF [and ----% are  guaranteed  by
                              the other Guarantors further described herein.]

B. Collection Account ........The  Administrator  will  establish in the name of
                              the  Indenture  Trustee one or more  accounts into
                              which all  collections  in respect of the Financed
                              Student  Loans will be required  to be  deposited.
                              Pursuant  to the Master  Servicing  Agreement,  an
                              account in the name of the Indenture  Trustee (the
                              "Collection  Account")  will  be  established  and
                              maintained  by the  Administrator  and  will be an
                              asset  of  the   Trust.   Except   under   certain
                              conditions  described herein,  the Master Servicer
                              will be required to remit all collections received
                              with respect to the Financed  Student Loans within
                              two  business  days  of  receipt  thereof  to  the
                              Collection    Account.    Except   under   certain
                              conditions  described herein,  the Eligible Lender
                              Trustee will be required to remit Interest Subsidy
                              Payments and Special  Allowance  Payments (each as
                              defined under "The Federal  Family  Education Loan
                              Program--  General")  it receives  with respect to
                              the  Financed  Student  Loans  within two business
                              days of receipt thereof to the Collection Account.
                              If,  however,  such  conditions  are  satisfied as
                              described herein, such collections received by the
                              Master  Servicer and the Eligible  Lender  Trustee
                              will be  remitted to the  Administrator,  who will
                              not be required to deposit  such  amounts into the
                              Collection  Account  generally  until on or before
                              the business day preceding each Distribution Date.
                              See  "Description  of the Transfer  and  Servicing
                              Agreements-- Payments on Financed Student Loans".

C. Reserve Account ...........Pursuant  to the Master  Servicing  Agreement,  an
                              account in the name of the Indenture  Trustee (the
                              "Reserve   Account")  will  be   established   and
                              maintained  by the  Administrator  and  will be an
                              asset of the Trust. The Trust will make an initial
                              deposit  into the  Reserve  Account on the Closing
                              Date of cash or certain eligible investments equal
                              to  $--------   (the  "Reserve   Account   Initial
                              Deposit").   On  the  Closing  Date,  the  Reserve
                              Account  Initial  Deposit will equal the Specified
                              Reserve Account Balance.  The Reserve Account will
                              be  replenished  as required on each  Distribution
                              Date by the deposit  into the  Reserve  Account of
                              certain amounts available therefor remaining after
                              making all prior  distributions  on such date. See
                              "Description   of  the  Transfer   and   Servicing
                              Agreements-- Distributions".

                              The  "Specified   Reserve  Account  Balance"  with
                              respect to any Distribution Date generally will be
                              equal  to the  greater  of (i)  ---%  of the  Pool
                              Balance  as of the close of  business  on the last
                              day of the  related  Collection  Period,  and (ii)
                              $---------;  provided,  however,  that in no event
                              will such balance exceed the aggregate outstanding
                              principal   balance   of   the   Notes   and   the
                              Certificates.  The  "Initial  Pool  Balance"  will
                              equal  $------------.   See  "Description  of  the
                              Transfer  and   Servicing   Agreements  --  Credit
                              Enhancement -- Reserve Account".

                              Amounts on deposit in the Reserve  Account will be
                              available on each Monthly  Servicing  Payment Date
                              to  cover  any   shortfalls  in  payments  of  the
                              Servicing  Fee, and on each  Distribution  Date to
                              cover any  shortfalls in payments of the Servicing
                              Fee,  the  Administration  Fee and the fees of the
                              Indenture  Trustee and the Eligible Lender Trustee
                              (such fees  collectively,  the "Trust Fees"),  and
                              interest  payable  in respect of the Notes and the
                              Certificates (other than the Noteholders' Interest
                              Index   Carryover   and  the   Certificateholders'
                              Interest Index  Carryover)  for such  Distribution
                              Date for which funds otherwise  available therefor
                              for such  Distribution  Date are  insufficient  to
                              make such payments and distributions. In addition,
                              amounts on deposit in the Reserve  Account will be
                              available on the Class A-1  Maturity  Date and the
                              Class A-2 Maturity Date to cover any shortfalls in
                              payments    of    the    Noteholders'    Principal
                              Distribution  Amount and interest accrued thereon,
                              and   on  the   final   Distribution   Date   upon
                              termination  of the  Trust to pay the  Certificate
                              Principal Distribution Amount and interest accrued
                              thereon   and   any   [Excess    Servicing   Fee,]
                              Noteholders'    Interest   Index    Carryover   or
                              Certificateholders'  Interest Index Carryover,  in
                              each case to the  extent  funds in the  Collection
                              Account  available  therefor  on any such date are
                              insufficient    to   make   such    payments   and
                              distributions.  If the market value of  securities
                              and  cash  in  the  Reserve   Account  is  on  any
                              Distribution   Date  is   sufficient  to  pay  the
                              remaining principal amount of and interest accrued
                              on the  Notes  and  Certificates,  and to pay  any
                              Excess Servicing Fee,  Noteholders' Interest Index
                              Carryover and  Certificateholders'  Interest Index
                              Carryover,  such amount will be so applied on such
                              Distribution Date.

                              Amounts in the Reserve Account on any Distribution
                              Date (after giving effect to all  distributions to
                              be made on such  Distribution  Date) in  excess of
                              the  Specified  Reserve  Account  Balance for such
                              Distribution  Date will  generally  be released to
                              the Seller after the payment of any unpaid  Excess
                              Servicing   Fee,   Noteholders'   Interest   Index
                              Carryover and  Certificateholders'  Interest Index
                              Carryover.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  in the
                              event  the  Financed  Student  Loans  are not sold
                              pursuant to the auction  process  described  under
                              "Description   of  the  Transfer   and   Servicing
                              Agreements -- Termination" on or after the Auction
                              Distribution Date, if the amount on deposit in the
                              Reserve  Account  is  greater  than the  Specified
                              Reserve   Account   Balance,   such   excess  will
                              generally be distributed  as accelerated  payments
                              of  principal.  See  "Description  of Transfer and
                              Servicing  Agreements  --  Credit  Enhancement  --
                              Reserve Account."

                              The funding and maintenance of the Reserve Account
                              is intended to enhance  the  likelihood  of timely
                              payment of the interest  payable in respect of the
                              Notes  and  the   Certificates   (other  than  the
                              Noteholders'  Interest  Index  Carryover  and  the
                              Certificateholders'  Interest Index Carryover) and
                              the  ultimate  payment of  principal  thereon.  In
                              certain   circumstances,   however,   the  Reserve
                              Account  could  be  depleted  and   shortfalls  in
                              distributions    to   the   Noteholders   or   the
                              Certificateholders could result.

D. Transfer and Servicing
   Agreements ................Under the Sale Agreement, the Seller will sell the
                              Financed  Student  Loans  to the  Trust,  with the
                              Eligible   Lender  Trustee   holding  legal  title
                              thereto.  In addition,  under the Master Servicing
                              Agreement, the Master Servicer will agree with the
                              Trust to be responsible  for servicing,  managing,
                              maintaining  custody of and making  collections on
                              the Financed  Student Loans.  Subject to the terms
                              and conditions  described herein and in the Master
                              Servicing  Agreement,  the Master Servicer intends
                              to delegate  certain of its obligations  under the
                              Master   Servicing   Agreement   to  one  or  more
                              subservicers  but no such delegation shall relieve
                              the Master Servicer from its  responsibilities  to
                              service the Financed  Student Loans as if it alone
                              were  servicing the Financed  Student  Loans.  The
                              obligations of the Seller and the Master  Servicer
                              under the Sale Agreement and the Master  Servicing
                              Agreement include the following:

                              Under  the  Sale  Agreement  the  Seller  will  be
                              obligated  to  repurchase,  and under  the  Master
                              Servicing  Agreement  the Master  Servicer will be
                              obligated to purchase,  any Financed  Student Loan
                              if  the  interests  of  the   Noteholders  or  the
                              Certificateholders    therein    are    materially
                              adversely    affected   by   a   breach   of   any
                              representation,  warranty or  covenant  (including
                              the Master Servicer's  covenant to service all the
                              Financed  Student Loans in accordance with, and to
                              otherwise    comply   with,    applicable    laws,
                              restrictions and guidelines) made by the Seller or
                              the  Master  Servicer,  as the case  may be,  with
                              respect  to  the  Financed  Student  Loan,  if the
                              breach has not been cured  following the discovery
                              by or notice to the Seller or the Master Servicer,
                              as the  case  may  be,  of the  breach  (it  being
                              understood  that any  such  breach  that  does not
                              affect any  Guarantor's  obligation  to  guarantee
                              payment of such Financed  Student Loan will not be
                              considered to have a material  adverse  effect for
                              this  purpose).  In  addition,  the  Seller or the
                              Master  Servicer,  as the  case  may  be,  will be
                              obligated to reimburse the Trust with respect to a
                              Financed  Student  Loan for any  accrued  interest
                              amounts not  guaranteed  by a Guarantor due to, or
                              any lost  Interest  Subsidy  Payments  or  Special
                              Allowance Payments as a result of, a breach of the
                              Seller's  representations  and  warranties  or the
                              Master Servicer's  covenants,  as the case may be,
                              with respect to such Financed Student Loan.

                              The Master  Servicer will receive,  subject to the
                              limitations set forth in the following  paragraph,
                              a monthly  fee (the  "Servicing  Fee")  payable on
                              each Monthly  Servicing Payment Date equal to [the
                              sum of] (i) ----% per annum of the Pool Balance as
                              of the last day of the  preceding  calendar  month
                              and (ii) [------------------------------], in each
                              case subject to certain adjustments, together with
                              other administrative fees and similar charges. The
                              Servicing   Fee  will  be  payable  out  of  funds
                              available  therefor  and amounts on deposit in the
                              Reserve Account on each Monthly  Servicing Payment
                              Date, commencing -------- --, 1997.

                              [Notwithstanding the foregoing,  in the event that
                              the  fee   payable  to  the  Master   Servicer  as
                              described above for any Monthly  Servicing Payment
                              Date  would  exceed  --%  per  annum  of the  Pool
                              Balance  as of  the  last  day  of  the  preceding
                              calendar  month (the  "Capped  Amount"),  then the
                              "Servicing Fee" for such Monthly Servicing Payment
                              Date will  instead be the  Capped  Amount for such
                              date.  The  remaining  amount  in  excess  of such
                              Servicing  Fee,  together  with  any  such  excess
                              amounts from prior Monthly Servicing Payment Dates
                              that remain unpaid (the "Excess  Servicing  Fee"),
                              will be  payable to the  Master  Servicer  on each
                              succeeding   Distribution   Date   out  of   funds
                              available   therefor   after   payment   on   such
                              Distribution  Date of the Trust Fees,  and amounts
                              payable   in   respect   of  the   Notes  and  the
                              Certificates (other than the Noteholders' Interest
                              Index   Carryover   and  the   Certificateholders'
                              Interest Index Carryover).]

                              Pursuant to the Master  Servicing  Agreement,  the
                              Master  Servicer  will  agree with the Trust to be
                              responsible  for, among other things,  causing all
                              appropriate  claims forms and other  documents and
                              filings on behalf of the Eligible  Lender  Trustee
                              to be  prepared  or filed with the  Department  in
                              order to claim the Interest  Subsidy  Payments and
                              Special Allowance  Payments from the Department in
                              respect of the  Financed  Student  Loans  entitled
                              thereto, and preparing and providing quarterly and
                              annual  statements  to  the   Administrator   with
                              respect  to   distributions   to  Noteholders  and
                              Certificateholders.   See   "Description   of  the
                              Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements  -- Servicing
                              Procedures".

Tax Considerations ...........In the opinion of  Cadwalader,  Wickersham & Taft,
                              Federal tax counsel for the Trust,  the Notes will
                              be  characterized  as debt for federal  income tax
                              purposes,  although there is no specific authority
                              with respect to the  characterization  for federal
                              income tax purposes of securities  having the same
                              terms as the Notes. Noteholders,  by acceptance of
                              a  Note,   will   agree  to  treat  such  Note  as
                              indebtedness.

                              In the  opinion of  Federal  tax  counsel  for the
                              Trust,  for federal  income tax purposes the Trust
                              will not be  characterized  as an association  (or
                              publicly   traded   partnership)   taxable   as  a
                              corporation. The Certificateholders, by acceptance
                              of Certificates,  will agree to treat the Trust as
                              a partnership in which they are partners.

                              In the opinion of [firm],  [state] tax counsel for
                              the Trust, the same characterizations  would apply
                              for --- state income and franchise tax purposes as
                              for federal  income tax purposes  and  Noteholders
                              and  Certificateholders  that  are  not  otherwise
                              subject to  [state]  taxation  on income  will not
                              become subject to [state] tax as a result of their
                              ownership of Notes or Certificates. However, there
                              are no cases or rulings  on  similar  transactions
                              involving  a trust that issues and debt and equity
                              interests with terms similar to those of the Notes
                              and Certificates.

                              The Trust will  report  income and  expenses on an
                              accrual  basis.  Due to the  allocation  of  Trust
                              income to  Certificateholders,  cash basis holders
                              may, in effect,  be required to report their share
                              of Trust income on an accrual basis.  In addition,
                              because tax  allocations and tax reporting will be
                              done on a uniform  basis,  but  Certificateholders
                              may be purchasing  Certificates at different times
                              and different  prices,  Certificateholders  may be
                              required  to report on their tax  returns  taxable
                              income  that is  greater  or less than the  amount
                              reported to them by the Trust.

                              See "Certain Federal Income Tax  Consequences" and
                              "Certain  State Tax  Consequences"  for additional
                              information  concerning the application of federal
                              and state tax laws with  respect  to the Notes and
                              the Certificates.

ERISA Considerations .........The Notes.  A fiduciary  of any  employee  benefit
                              plan or other  retirement  arrangement  subject to
                              Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security
                              Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), or Section 4975
                              of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended
                              (the "Code")  (each,  a "Plan")  should  carefully
                              review  with  its  legal   advisors   whether  the
                              purchase  or holding of the Notes  could give rise
                              to  a  transaction  prohibited  or  not  otherwise
                              permissible  under  ERISA or  Section  4975 of the
                              Code. See "ERISA Considerations".

                              Subject to the  conditions  set forth herein under
                              "ERISA Considerations," the Notes may, in general,
                              be purchased by or on behalf of a Plan.

                              The  Certificates.  The  Certificates  may  not be
                              acquired  by, on behalf of, or using the assets of
                              any Plan, and each purchaser of Certificates shall
                              be deemed to have represented that it is neither a
                              Plan,  purchasing the  Certificates on behalf of a
                              Plan,  nor using the assets of a Plan to  purchase
                              any of the Certificates.

Rating of the Securities .....It is a condition  to the issuance and sale of the
                              Notes  and the  Certificates  that  each  class of
                              Notes be rated in the  highest  investment  rating
                              category and that the Certificates be rated in one
                              of the three highest  investment rating categories
                              by  at  least  two  nationally  recognized  rating
                              agencies.   The   ratings  do  not   address   the
                              likelihood  of the  payment  of  any  Noteholders'
                              Interest  Index  Carryover or  Certificateholders'
                              Interest  Index  Carryover.  A  rating  is  not  a
                              recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and
                              may be subject to  revision or  withdrawal  at any
                              time by the assigning rating agency.


                                  RISK FACTORS

     The following  risk factors  should be considered  carefully in addition to
the  other  information  contained  in this  Prospectus  before  purchasing  the
Securities offered hereby.

     Limited  Liquidity of Securities.  The Securities will not be listed on any
national  securities  exchange.  There is currently no secondary  market for the
Securities.   The  Underwriters  currently  intend  to  make  a  market  in  the
Securities, but none has any obligation to do so. There can be no assurance that
a secondary market will develop or, if a secondary market does develop,  that it
will provide the  Securityholders  with  liquidity of investment or that it will
continue for the life of the Securities.

     Limited  Assets of Trust.  The Trust does not have,  nor is it permitted or
expected  to have,  any  significant  assets or sources of funds  other than the
Financed Student Loans (and the related  Guarantee  Agreements),  the Collection
Account and the Reserve Account.  The Notes represent  obligations solely of the
Trust,  and the  Certificates  represent  interests  solely in the Trust and its
assets, and neither the Notes nor the Certificates will be insured or guaranteed
by the Seller, the Master Servicer, the Guarantors,  the Eligible Lender Trustee
or the Department.  Consequently, holders of the Notes and the Certificates must
rely for repayment upon payments with respect to the Financed Student Loans and,
if and to the extent available under the circumstances described herein, amounts
on deposit  in the  Reserve  Account.  Amounts to be  deposited  in the  Reserve
Account  are  limited in amount  and will be  reduced,  subject  to a  specified
minimum,  as the Pool Balance is reduced.  If the Reserve  Account is exhausted,
the Trust will depend  solely on payments  with respect to the Financed  Student
Loans to make payments on the Notes and distributions on the  Certificates.  See
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Distributions" and "--
Credit Enhancement".

     Initial Principal Balance of Securities Exceeds Aggregate Initial Principal
Balance of Financed  Student Loans.  On the Closing Date, the aggregate  initial
principal of the Notes and the  Certificates is -----% of the Pool Balance as of
the Cutoff  Date.  Because the actual  rate and timing of payments of  principal
will  depend  on a number  of  factors,  including  the rate and  timing  of the
payments on the Financed Student Loans,  there can be no assurance of the actual
rate or timing  of such  payments  of  principal.  As a  result,  if an Event of
Default should occur under the Indenture or an Insolvency Event should occur and
the  Financed  Student  Loans  were  liquidated  at a time when the  outstanding
principal amount of the Notes and the Certificates  exceeded the sum of the Pool
Balance and amounts on deposit in the Reserve  Account,  such  Financed  Student
Loans would  likely have to be  liquidated  at a premium for  Certificateholders
and,  in  some  circumstances,  Noteholders  not to  suffer  a  loss.  Moreover,
Noteholders and Certificateholders  will have to rely on accelerated payments of
principal,  if any, from interest  payments in excess of the interest payable on
the Securities to reduce the balance of the Securities to the Pool Balance.

     Subordination of Certificates to Notes. The interests of Certificateholders
in the  assets  of the  Trust  will  be  subordinated  to the  interests  of the
Noteholders  to  the  extent  described  herein.  Payments  of  interest  on the
Certificates  will be  subordinated  to  payments  of  interest on the Notes and
payments of principal of the  Certificates  will be subordinated  until the full
payment of the principal of the Notes.  In addition,  upon the occurrence of the
Event of Default under the  Indenture,  all amounts  payable with respect to the
Certificates  will be  subordinated  to the payment of all amounts  payable with
respect to the Notes. If amounts  otherwise  allocable to the  Certificates  are
used  to  fund  payments  on  the  Notes,  distributions  with  respect  to  the
Certificates may be delayed or reduced. The Certificateholders bear directly the
credit and other risks  associated with an undivided  interest in the Trust. See
"Description  of the  Securities -- The  Certificates  --  Subordination  of the
Certificates",   "Description  of  the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements  --
Distributions".

     Variability  of Actual Cash Flows.  Amounts  received  with  respect to the
Financed  Student Loans for a particular  Collection  Period may vary greatly in
both timing and amount from the payments  actually  due on the Financed  Student
Loans as of such Collection  Period for a variety of economic,  social and other
factors,  including  both  individual  factors,  such as  additional  periods of
Deferral or Forbearance prior to or after a borrower's commencement of repayment
and the borrower's  selection of a repayment  option (which may include interest
only  payments  for certain  periods),  and general  factors,  such as a general
economic  downturn which could  increase the amount of defaulted  Student Loans.
Failures by borrowers to pay timely the  principal  and interest on the Financed
Student Loans will affect the amount of funds  available for  distribution  on a
Distribution Date, which may reduce the amount of principal and interest paid to
the  Securityholders on such Distribution  Date. In addition,  because the funds
available for  distribution on any  Distribution  Date include  Interest Subsidy
Payments and Special  Allowance  Payments on the Financed Student Loans that are
received  during  that  Collection  Period (and which  accrued  during the prior
Collection  Period) but the Student Loan Rate is based on the amount of Interest
Subsidy  Payments and Special  Allowance  Payments that have accrued during such
Collection  Period, a significant  increase in the amount of such payments being
made by the  Department  in  respect  of the  Financed  Student  Loans  from one
Collection  Period  to the next (as a  result,  for  example,  of a  significant
increase in prevailing  interest rates) could result in a temporary shortfall in
the funds  available  for  distribution  for the  given  Distribution  Date.  In
addition,  the failure of a Guarantor to timely meet its  guarantee  obligations
with respect to the Financed Student Loans could also reduce the amount of funds
available for  distribution  on a given  Distribution  Date.  The effect of such
factors,  including  the effect on a  Guarantor's  ability to meet its guarantee
obligations  with respect to the Financed  Student Loans, or the Trust's ability
to pay principal and interest with respect to the  Securities,  is impossible to
predict.

     Basis Risk. Although the interest rate on the Notes and the Certificates is
generally based on the T-Bill Rate it is possible that a positive spread may not
exist between (a) the Student Loan Rate  calculated  with respect to one or both
classes of Notes or the  Certificates and (b) the interest rate on each class of
Notes  and the  Certificates  based  on the  T-Bill  Rate.  In such a case,  the
interest  rate  on one or  both  classes  of  Notes  and  the  Certificates,  as
applicable, for such Distribution Date will be the applicable Student Loan Rate.
See  "Description of the Securities -- The Notes --  Distributions  of Interest"
and "--  The  Certificates  --  Distributions  of  Interest".  Any  Noteholders'
Interest Index Carryover or Certificateholders' Interest Index Carryover arising
as a  result  of the  interest  rate on one or both  classes  of  Notes  and the
Certificates  being determined on the basis of the applicable  Student Loan Rate
will be paid on that Distribution Date or on any succeeding Distribution Date to
the extent funds are allocated and available  therefor after making all required
prior  distributions and deposits with respect to such date. Except on the final
Distribution  Date upon  termination  of the  Trust,  payment  of such  amounts,
however, will not be covered, in the case of the Notes, by amounts on deposit in
the Reserve  Account  (other  than  amounts in excess of the  Specified  Reserve
Account  Balance)  or by  subordination  of  distributions  in  respect  of  the
Certificates (although distributions of any  Certificateholders'  Interest Index
Carryover will be  subordinated  to payment of any  Noteholders'  Interest Index
Carryover)  and, in the case of the  Certificates,  by amounts on deposit in the
Reserve  Account (other than amounts in excess of the Specified  Reserve Account
Balance,  subject to certain limitations).  See "Description of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreements -- Distributions".

     Borrower Default Risk on Certain Financed Student Loans.  Under the Omnibus
Budget  Reconciliation  Act of 1993,  Student Loans first  disbursed on or after
October 1, 1993,  are 98% insured by  Guarantors.  As a result,  to the extent a
borrower of such a Student Loan defaults, the Trust will experience a loss of 2%
of  outstanding  principal  and accrued  interest on each such  Student  Loan. A
defaulted loan will be fully  assigned to the  applicable  Guarantor in exchange
for a guarantee payment on the 98% guaranteed  portion and the Trust may have no
right thereafter to pursue the borrower for the 2% unguaranteed portion. Student
Loans  continue  to be 100%  guaranteed  in the  event of death,  disability  or
bankruptcy  of the borrower  regardless of  disbursement  date. As of the Cutoff
Date,  approximately  -----% of the Financed Student Loans by principal  balance
were made on or after October 1, 1993.

     Dependence on Guarantors as Security for Financed Student Loans. The Higher
Education  Act of 1965,  as  amended  (such  act,  together  with all  rules and
regulations  promulgated  thereunder by the  Department,  the "Higher  Education
Act") requires all Financed Student Loans to be unsecured. As a result, the only
security for payment of the Financed  Student Loans are the guaranties  provided
under the  Guarantee  Agreements  between the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee and the
Guarantors.  A deterioration in the financial status of the Guarantors and their
ability to honor  guarantee  claims with respect to the Financed  Student  Loans
could result in a delay in making or a failure to make Guarantee Payments to the
Eligible Lender Trustee. Failures by borrowers of Student Loans generally to pay
timely the principal  and interest due on such Student Loans could  obligate the
Guarantors to make payments  thereon,  which could adversely affect the solvency
of the  Guarantors  and  their  ability  to  meet  their  guarantee  obligations
(including with respect to the Financed Student Loans).  Moreover, to the extent
that the  Department  pays  reimbursement  claims  submitted  by a Guarantor  in
respect of  defaulting  Student  Loans for any  fiscal  year  exceeding  certain
specified  levels,  the  Department's  obligation to reimburse the Guarantor for
losses  will be reduced  on a sliding  scale from 100% (98% for loans made on or
after  October  1,  1993) to a minimum  of 80% (78% for  loans  made on or after
October 1, 1993).

     Pursuant  to the  1992  Amendments,  under  Section  432(o)  of the  Higher
Education Act, if the  Department  has determined  that a Guarantor is unable to
meet its insurance  obligations,  the loan holder may submit claims  directly to
the Department and the Department is required to pay the full Guarantee  Payment
due with respect thereto in accordance with guarantee claim processing standards
no  more  stringent  than  those  applied  by  such  Guarantor.   However,   the
Department's  obligation  to pay  guarantee  claims  directly in this fashion is
contingent upon the Department making the determination referred to above. There
can be no assurance  that the  Department  would ever make such a  determination
with respect to a Guarantor or, if such a determination  were made, whether such
determination  or the ultimate payment of such guarantee claims would be made in
a timely manner.

     Risk of Loss of  Guarantor  and  Department  Payments for Failure to Comply
with Loan  Origination  and Servicing  Procedures for Student Loans.  The Higher
Education  Act,  including the  implementing  regulations  thereunder,  requires
lenders  and  their  assignees  making  and  servicing  Student  Loans  that are
reinsured by the Department and guarantors  guaranteeing Student Loans to follow
specified  procedures,  including due diligence  procedures,  to ensure that the
Student  Loans are properly  made and disbursed to, and repaid on a timely basis
by  or  on  behalf  of,  borrowers.  Certain  of  those  procedures,  which  are
specifically set forth in the Higher Education Act, are summarized  herein.  See
"The Federal Family Education Loan Program" and "Description of the Transfer and
Servicing  Agreements -- Servicing  Procedures".  The Master Servicer has agreed
pursuant to the Master Servicing  Agreement to perform  servicing and collection
procedures  on behalf of the Trust in accordance  with the Higher  Education Act
and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. However, failure to follow
these procedures or failure of the Seller to follow  procedures  relating to the
origination of any Financed Student Loans may result in the Department's refusal
to make  reinsurance  payments to the  Guarantors  or to make  Interest  Subsidy
Payments  and Special  Allowance  Payments to the Eligible  Lender  Trustee with
respect to such Financed  Student Loans or in the  Guarantors'  refusal to honor
their agreements with the Eligible Lender Trustee to, inter alia,  guarantee the
payment of such  Financed  Student  Loans  (each such  agreement,  a  "Guarantee
Agreement").  Failure of the Guarantors to receive reinsurance payments from the
Department could adversely affect the Guarantors' ability or legal obligation to
make  payments  under the  Guarantee  Agreements  ("Guarantee  Payments") to the
Eligible Lender Trustee.  Loss of any such Guarantee Payments,  Interest Subsidy
Payments  or Special  Allowance  Payments  could  adversely  affect the  Trust's
ability to pay principal and interest on the Notes and the Certificates.

     Pursuant to the Sale  Agreement the Seller is obligated to  repurchase,  or
pursuant to the Master  Servicing  Agreement the Master Servicer is obligated to
purchase,  any  Financed  Student  Loan  if a  breach  of  the  representations,
warranties  or covenants of the Seller or the Master  Servicer,  as the case may
be, with respect to such Financed  Student Loan has a material adverse effect on
the  interests of the  Noteholders  or the  Certificateholders  therein and such
breach is not cured within any applicable cure period (it being  understood that
any such breach that does not affect any  Guarantor's  obligation  to  guarantee
payment of such  Financed  Student  Loans will not be  considered to have such a
material adverse effect). In addition,  under certain circumstances  pursuant to
the Sale Agreement,  the Seller or, pursuant to the Master Servicing  Agreement,
the Master  Servicer,  as the case may be, is obligated  to reimburse  the Trust
with  respect to a Financed  Student Loan for any accrued  interest  amounts not
guaranteed  by a Guarantor  due to, or any lost  Interest  Subsidy  Payments and
Special   Allowance   Payments  as  a  result  of,  a  breach  of  the  Seller's
representations and warranties or the Master Servicer's  covenants,  as the case
may be, with respect to such Financed  Student  Loan.  See  "Description  of the
Transfer  and  Servicing   Agreements  --  Sale  of  Financed   Student   Loans;
Representations and Warranties" and "-- Master Servicer Covenants". There can be
no  assurance,  however,  that the Seller or the Master  Servicer  will have the
financial  resources to do so. The failure of the Seller to so repurchase or the
Master Servicer to so purchase a Financed Student Loan would constitute a breach
of the  Sale  Agreement  or  the  Master  Servicing  Agreement,  as  applicable,
enforceable  by the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee  on behalf of the Trust or by the
Indenture  Trustee on behalf of the  Noteholders,  but would not  constitute  an
Event of  Default  under  the  Indenture  or permit  the  exercise  of  remedies
thereunder.

     Changes in  Legislation  May Adversely  Affect  Financed  Student Loans and
Guarantors.  There can be no assurance  that the Higher  Education  Act or other
relevant  federal  or  state  laws,  rules  and  regulations  and  the  programs
implemented thereunder will not be amended or modified in the future in a manner
that will  adversely  impact the programs  described in this  Prospectus and the
Student Loans made  thereunder,  including the Financed  Student  Loans,  or the
Guarantors. In addition,  existing legislation and future measures to reduce the
federal budget deficit or for other purposes may adversely affect the amount and
nature of federal financial assistance available with respect to these programs.
In recent years,  federal  budget  legislation  has provided for the recovery of
certain  funds held by  guarantee  agencies  in order to achieve  reductions  in
federal spending. There can be no assurance, however, that future federal budget
legislation or administrative  actions will not adversely affect expenditures by
the Department or the financial condition of the Guarantors.

     Under the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993, Congress made a number
of changes that may adversely affect the financial  condition of the Guarantors,
as  such  changes  reduce  certain  financial  benefits  previously  enjoyed  by
Guarantors  and give the  Department  broad  powers  over  Guarantors  and their
reserves.  See "The Federal Family  Education  Loan Program --  Legislative  and
Administrative  Matters" for a more detailed  description  of the impact of such
legislation  on  Guarantors.  The  changes  create a  significant  risk that the
resources  available to the Guarantors to meet their guarantee  obligations will
be significantly reduced. In addition, this legislation greatly expands the loan
volume under the direct lending  program of the Department  (the "Federal Direct
Student Loan Program") to a minimum of approximately  60% of student loan demand
in academic year 1998-1999,  which could result in increasing  reductions in the
volume of loans made under the FFELP.  Under the  Federal  Direct  Student  Loan
Program,  the Department directly originates and holds student loans without the
involvement  of private  lenders.  Such volume  reductions  could further reduce
revenues  received  by the  Guarantors  available  to pay  claims  on  defaulted
Financed Student Loans. Finally, the level of competition currently in existence
in the  secondary  market  for loans  made  under the  FFELP  could be  reduced,
resulting  in fewer  potential  buyers of the Financed  Student  Loans and lower
prices available in the secondary market for those loans.

     Inability of Indenture  Trustee to Liquidate  Financed Student Loans. If an
Event of Default occurs under the Indenture,  subject to certain conditions, the
Indenture Trustee is authorized,  without the consent of the Certificateholders,
to sell the Financed Student Loans. There can be no assurance, however, that the
Indenture  Trustee  will be able to find a purchaser  for the  Financed  Student
Loans in a timely manner or that the market value of such Financed Student Loans
would, at any time, be equal to the aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount of
the Securities  and accrued  interest  thereon.  If the net proceeds of any such
sale,  together  with  amounts  then on deposit in the Reserve  Account,  do not
exceed the aggregate  outstanding principal amount of Notes and accrued interest
thereon,  the  Noteholders  will  suffer  a  loss.  In such  circumstances,  the
Certificateholders  would  not be  entitled  to  receive  any  portion  of  such
proceeds.  In addition,  the amount of principal  required to be  distributed to
Noteholders  under the Indenture is generally limited to amounts available to be
so  distributed.  Therefore,  the failure to pay  principal on the Notes may not
result  in the  occurrence  of an Event of  Default  until  the  Class A-1 Final
Maturity  Date,  in the case of the  Class  A-1  Notes,  or the  Class A-2 Final
Maturity  Date,  in the case of the Class A-2  Notes.  See  "Description  of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Credit Enhancement".

     Failure to Comply with Interim Final Third-Party  Servicer  Regulations May
Adversely  Affect Loan  Servicing.  On November 29, 1994,  the  Secretary of the
Department of Education (the "Secretary")  published final regulations  amending
the  FFELP  regulations.   These  regulations,  among  other  things,  establish
requirements   governing   contracts   between  holders  of  Student  Loans  and
third-party  servicers,  establish  standards of  administrative  and  financial
responsibility  for  third-party  servicers  that  administer  any  aspect  of a
guarantee  agency's  or  lender's  participation  in the  FFELP,  and  establish
sanctions for third-party servicers.

     Under  these  regulations,  a  third-party  servicer  (such  as the  Master
Servicer)  is  jointly  and  severally   liable  with  its  client  lenders  for
liabilities  to  the  Department  arising  from  the  servicer's   violation  of
applicable requirements. In addition, if the servicer fails to meet standards of
financial  responsibility  or  administrative  capability  included  in the  new
regulations, or violates other FFELP requirements, the new regulations authorize
the  Department  to fine the servicer  and/or limit,  suspend,  or terminate the
servicer's  eligibility to contract to service FFELP loans. The effect of such a
limitation or termination on the servicer's eligibility to service loans already
on its system, or to accept new loans for servicing under existing contracts, is
unclear. There can be no assurance that the Master Servicer will not be fined or
held  liable  by the  Department  for  liabilities  arising  out  of  its  FFELP
activities for the Trust or other client lenders,  or that its eligibility  will
not be limited,  suspended,  or terminated in the future. If the Master Servicer
were so fined or held liable,  or its eligibility  were limited,  suspended,  or
terminated,  its ability to properly  service the Financed  Student Loans and to
satisfy its  obligation to purchase  loans with respect to which it breaches its
representations,  warranties or covenants under the Master  Servicing  Agreement
could  be  adversely  affected.  However,  in  the  event  of a  termination  of
eligibility,  the Master  Servicing  Agreement  provides  for the removal of the
Master Servicer and the appointment of a successor Master Servicer.

     Insolvency  Risk of Seller.  The Seller  intends  that the  transfer of the
Financed  Student  Loans by it to the Eligible  Lender  Trustee on behalf of the
Trust under the Sale  Agreement  constitutes a valid sale and assignment of such
Financed  Student  Loans.  However,  a court  could  treat the  transfer  of the
Financed  Student  Loans to the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee as an  assignment  of
collateral   as   security   for  the  benefit  of  the   Noteholders   and  the
Certificateholders.  If  the  transfer  of the  Financed  Student  Loans  to the
Eligible Lender Trustee is deemed to create a security interest  therein,  a tax
or government lien on property of the Seller arising before the Financed Student
Loans came into existence may have priority over the Eligible  Lender  Trustee's
interest in such Financed  Student Loans and, if the Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation  (the "FDIC") were appointed  receiver or conservator of the Seller,
the FDIC's  administrative  expenses  may also have  priority  over the Eligible
Lender Trustee's  interest in such Financed Student Loans. In the event that the
Seller  becomes  insolvent  or is in an unsound  condition  or if certain  other
circumstances  occur, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act ("FDIA"),  as amended by
the  Financial  Institutions  Reform,  Recovery  and  Enforcement  Act  of  1989
("FIRREA"),  sets forth certain  powers which the FDIC could exercise if it were
appointed as receiver or conservator of the Seller.  Subject to clarification by
FDIC regulations or interpretations, it would appear from the positions taken by
the FDIC that the FDIC,  in its  capacity as a receiver or  conservator  for the
Seller, would not interfere with the timely transfer to the Trust of collections
with respect to the Financed  Student Loans.  To the extent that the transfer of
the Financed  Student  Loans is deemed to create a security  interest,  and that
interest was validly perfected before the Seller's  insolvency and was not taken
in  contemplation  of insolvency or with the intent to hinder,  delay or defraud
the Seller or its creditors, based upon opinions and statements of policy issued
by the general  counsel of the FDIC  addressing the  enforceability  against the
FDIC, as  conservator  or receiver for a depository  institution,  of a security
interest in collateral  granted by such  depository  institution,  such security
interest  should not be  subject to  avoidance  and  payments  to the Trust with
respect  to the  Financed  Student  Loans  should  not be  subject to stay or to
recovery by the FDIC as receiver or conservator of the Seller. If, however,  the
FDIC were to assert a contrary  position,  certain provisions of the FDIA may be
asserted by the FDIC,  and thereby  possibly  result in delays and reductions in
payments on the Notes and the  Certificates.  In  addition,  if the FDIC were to
require the Indenture  Trustee or the Eligible  Lender  Trustee to establish its
right to such payments by submitting to and completing the administrative claims
procedure under the FDIA, as amended by FIRREA,  delays in payments on the Notes
and the  Certificates  and possible  reductions in the amount of those  payments
could occur. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Financed Student Loans".

     In addition,  in the event of the occurrence of certain  insolvency related
events with respect to the Seller, the Financed Student Loans may be required to
be sold. There can be no assurance,  however, that the net sale proceeds will be
sufficient to repay the principal  amount of the Notes and the  Certificates  in
full plus accrued interest  thereon.  See "Description of Transfer and Servicing
Agreements -- Insolvency Event."

     Custodial  Risk  of  Master  Servicer.  Pursuant  to the  Master  Servicing
Agreement,  [the Master  Servicer] as custodian on behalf of the Trust will have
the  responsibility  to maintain  custody of the promissory notes evidencing the
Financed  Student Loans following the sale of the Financed  Student Loans to the
Eligible Lender  Trustee.  Although the accounts of the Seller will be marked to
indicate the sale and although the Seller will cause UCC financing statements to
be filed with the appropriate  authorities,  the Financed Student Loans will not
be  physically  segregated,  stamped or otherwise  marked to indicate  that such
Financed  Student  Loans  have been sold to the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee.  If,
through  inadvertence or otherwise,  any of the Financed Student Loans were sold
to another party, or a security  interest therein were granted to another party,
that purchased (or took such security  interest in) any of such Financed Student
Loans  in the  ordinary  course  of its  business  and took  possession  of such
Financed  Student Loans,  then the purchaser (or secured party) would acquire an
interest in the Financed  Student Loans superior to the interest of the Eligible
Lender  Trustee if the purchaser  (or secured  party)  acquired  such  Financial
Student Loans without knowledge of the Eligible Lender Trustee's  interest.  See
"Description  of the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements  -- Sale of  Financed
Student  Loans;   Representations   and  Warranties"  and  "--  Master  Servicer
Covenants".

     Insolvency  Risk of Master  Servicer  or  Administrator.  In the event of a
Master  Servicer  Default or an  Administrator  Default  resulting  solely  from
certain  events of insolvency  or bankruptcy  that may occur with respect to the
Master  Servicer  or  the  Administrator,  a  court,  conservator,  receiver  or
liquidator  may have the power to prevent  either the  Indenture  Trustee or the
Noteholders from appointing a successor Master Servicer or Administrator, as the
case may be, and delays in collections in respect of the Financed  Student Loans
may occur. See  "Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Rights
Upon Master Servicer Default and Administrator Default".

     Commingling  Risk of Consolidation of Federal Benefit Billings and Receipts
with Other  Trusts.  Due to a  Department  policy  limiting  the granting of new
lender identification numbers, the Eligible Lender Trustee will be allowed under
the Trust Agreement to permit trusts,  other than the Trust,  established by the
Seller to securitize Student Loans, to use the Department lender  identification
number  applicable to the Trust. No such trusts currently exist, but such trusts
could be formed in the future.  In that event,  the  billings  submitted  to the
Department for Interest Subsidy and Special  Allowance  Payments on loans in the
Trust would be  consolidated  with the  billings  for such  payments for Student
Loans in other trusts using the same lender  identification  number and payments
on such billings would be made by the Department in lump sum form. Such lump sum
payments  would then be  allocated  among the  various  trusts  using the lender
identification number.

     In addition,  the sharing of the lender  identification number by the Trust
with other trusts may result in the receipt of claim  payments by  guarantors in
lump sum form. In that event,  such payments would be allocated among the trusts
in a manner similar to the allocation  process for Interest  Subsidy and Special
Allowance Payments.

     The Department  regards the Eligible  Lender Trustee as the party primarily
responsible  to the  Department  for any  liabilities  owed to the Department or
guarantors resulting from the Eligible Lender Trustee's activities in the FFELP.
As a  result,  if the  Department  or a  guarantor  were to  determine  that the
Eligible Lender Trustee owes a liability to the Department or a guarantor on any
Student Loan for which the Eligible Lender Trustee is or was legal  titleholder,
including  loans held in the Trust or other trusts,  the Department or guarantor
might seek to collect that liability by offset against payments due the Eligible
Lender Trustee under the Trust.  In the event that the Department or a guarantor
determines  such a liability  exists in connection with a trust using the shared
lender  identification  number, the Department or a guarantor would be likely to
collect that liability by offset against amounts due the Eligible Lender Trustee
under  the  shared  lender  identification  number,  including  amounts  owed in
connection with the Trust.

     In addition, other trusts using the shared lender identification number may
in a given quarter incur  origination  fees that exceed the Interest Subsidy and
Special Allowance  Payments payable by the Department on the loans in such other
trusts,  resulting in the consolidated  payment from the Department  received by
the Eligible  Lender  Trustee under such lender  identification  number for that
quarter  equaling an amount that is less than the amount owed by the  Department
on the loans in the Trust for that quarter.

     The Trust  Agreement for the Trust and the trust agreement for other trusts
established  by the Seller  which share the lender  identification  number to be
used by the Trust (the Trust and such other  trusts,  collectively,  the "Seller
Trusts") may require a Seller Trust (including the Trust) to indemnify the other
Seller  Trusts for a  shortfall  or an offset by the  Department  or a guarantor
arising  from the  Student  Loans held by the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee on such
trust's behalf.

     Prepayment,  Maturity and Yield Risks.  All the Financed  Student Loans are
prepayable  at any time  without  premium or penalty.  For this purpose the term
"prepayments"  includes prepayments in full or in part (including in the event a
Financed   Student  Loan  is   consolidated   with  other  Student  Loans  as  a
Consolidation  Loan) and  liquidations  due to  default  (including  receipt  of
Guarantee  Payments).  The rate of prepayments on the Financed Student Loans may
be  influenced  by a variety of  economic,  social and other  factors  affecting
borrowers,   including  interest  rates  and  the  availability  of  alternative
financing.  In  addition,  under  certain  circumstances,  the  Seller  will  be
obligated to  repurchase  or the Master  Servicer  will be obligated to purchase
Financed  Student  Loans from the Trust  pursuant to the Sale  Agreement  or the
Master  Servicing  Agreement,  respectively,  as a result of  breaches  of their
respective  representations,  warranties or covenants.  See  "Description of the
Transfer  and  Servicing   Agreements  --  Sale  of  Financed   Student   Loans;
Representations and Warranties" and "-- Master Servicer Covenants". Moreover, to
the extent  borrowers of Financed  Student  Loans elect to borrow  Consolidation
Loans with respect to such Financed  Student Loans,  Noteholders  (and after the
Notes have been paid in full, Certificateholders) will collectively receive as a
prepayment of principal the aggregate  principal amount of such Financed Student
Loans. There can be no assurance that borrowers with Financed Student Loans will
not seek to obtain  Consolidation  Loans with respect to such  Financed  Student
Loans. See "The Federal Family Education Loan Program -- The Consolidation  Loan
Program"  and  "The  Financed  Student  Loan  Pool --  Maturity  and  Prepayment
Assumptions".

     The Consolidation  Loan program provides  borrowers with the opportunity to
consolidate   outstanding   student   loans  at  interest   rates   below,   and
income-contingent  repayment  terms that some borrowers may find  preferable to,
those that would be available from the Seller on a loan originated by the Seller
under the  Consolidation  Loan program.  The  availability  of such  lower-rate,
income-contingent loans may increase the likelihood that a Financed Student Loan
in the Trust will be prepaid through the issuance of a  Consolidation  Loan. The
volume of existing loans that may be prepaid in this fashion is not determinable
at this time.

     On the other hand,  scheduled  payments with respect to, and maturities of,
the Financed Student Loans may be extended, including pursuant to Grace Periods,
Deferral Periods and, under certain circumstances,  Forbearance Periods (each as
defined under "The Federal Family Education Loan Program -- The Stafford Loans")
In addition,  the stated  maturity of certain of the Financed  Student Loans may
occur beyond the Final  Maturity  Date.  See "The Financed  Student Loan Pool --
Maturity and Prepayment  Assumptions".  Any reinvestment  risks resulting from a
faster or slower incidence of prepayment of Financed Student Loans will be borne
entirely by the Noteholders and the Certificateholders.

Any  Financed  Student  Loans  remaining  in the Trust on or after  the  Auction
Distribution  Date  will be  offered  for  sale  by the  Indenture  Trustee.  If
acceptable  bids  to  purchase  such  Financed  Student  Loans  on  the  Auction
Distribution Date are received,  as described  herein,  the proceeds of the sale
will be applied on the Auction Distribution Date to redeem any outstanding Notes
and to retire  any  outstanding  Certificates  on such  date.  In  addition,  if
acceptable  bids  to  purchase  such  Financed  Student  Loans  on  the  Auction
Distribution Date are not received,  the sale of such Financed Student Loans may
occur on a subsequent  Distribution  Date, as described  herein,  and applied on
such  date  to  redeem  any   outstanding   Notes  and  retire  any  outstanding
Certificates. No assurance can be given as to whether the Indenture Trustee will
be  successful in soliciting  acceptable  bids to purchase the Financed  Student
Loans on the Auction Distribution Date or any subsequent  Distribution Date. See
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreement -- Termination".  See also
"Description  of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements"  --  Insolvency  Event"
regarding the sale of the Financed  Student Loans if an Insolvency  Event occurs
and "--  Termination"  regarding  the  Seller's  option to purchase the Financed
Student Loans when the Pool Balance is less than or equal to [5]% of the Initial
Pool Balance.

     Any  reinvestment  risks  resulting  from a faster or slower  incidence  of
prepayment   of  Financed   Student   Loans  will  be  borne   entirely  by  the
Securityholders.  Such  reinvestment  risks may include  the risk that  interest
rates and the relevant spreads above particular interest rate bases are lower at
the time  Securityholders  receive  payments  from the Trust than such  interest
rates and such spread would  otherwise have been had such  prepayments  not been
made or had such  prepayments  been made at a different  time.  The yield on the
Notes and  Certificates may also be reduced by the discharge of any Noteholders'
Interest  Index  Carryover  and  Certificateholders'  Interest  Index  Carryover
remaining after distribution of all Available Funds and amounts available in the
Reserve  Account  on the  respective  final  maturity  dates  of the  Notes  and
Certificates.

     Holders of Securities should consider,  in the case of Securities purchased
at a  discount,  the  risk  that a slower  than  anticipated  rate of  principal
payments on the Financed  Student  Loans could result in an actual yield that is
less than the  anticipated  yield and, in the case of Securities  purchased at a
premium,  the risk that a faster than anticipated rate of principal  payments on
the Financed Student Loans could result in an actual yield that is less than the
anticipated yield.

     Prepayment Risks Differ Between the Notes and the Certificates. Because the
Class A-2 Noteholders  will receive no payments of principal until the Class A-1
Notes  have  been  paid in full,  and the  Certificateholders  will  receive  no
payments  of  principal  until the Class A-2 Notes  have been paid in full,  the
Class A-1 Notes and,  to a lesser  extent,  the Class A-2 Notes bear  relatively
greater  risk  than  do the  Certificates  of an  increased  rate  of  principal
repayments  with respect to the Financed  Student Loans  (whether as a result of
voluntary  prepayments,  Consolidation  Loans or liquidations  due to default or
breach).  On the other hand,  Certificateholders  and, to a lesser  extent,  the
Class A-2 Noteholders bear a greater risk of loss of principal than do Class A-1
Noteholders  in the event of a  shortfall  in  Available  Funds and  amounts  on
deposit in the Reserve Account because the Certificates do not receive principal
distributions  from  Available  Funds until the Class A-2 Notes are paid in full
and the Class A-2 Notes do not receive principal  distributions  until the Class
A-1 Notes are paid in full.

     Noteholders' Right to Control Upon Certain Defaults.  In the event a Master
Servicer Default or an Administrator  Default occurs,  the Indenture  Trustee or
the Noteholders,  as described under  "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements -- Rights upon Master Servicer  Default and  Administrator  Default",
may remove the Master Servicer or the Administrator, as the case may be, without
the consent of the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee or any of the  Certificateholders.
Moreover,  only the Indenture  Trustee or the Noteholders,  and not the Eligible
Lender Trustee or the Certificateholders,  have the ability to remove the Master
Servicer or the Administrator,  as the case may be, if a Master Servicer Default
or an  Administrator  Default  occurs.  In addition,  the  Noteholders  have the
ability,  with certain  specified  exceptions,  to waive  defaults by the Master
Servicer  and  the  Administrator,  including  defaults  that  could  materially
adversely  affect the  Certificateholders.  See "Description of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreements -- Waiver of Past Defaults".

     Consumer  Protection  Laws May  Affect  Enforceability  of  Student  Loans.
Numerous  federal and state  consumer  protection  laws and related  regulations
impose substantial  requirements upon lenders and servicers involved in consumer
finance.  Also,  some  state  laws  impose  finance  charge  ceilings  and other
restrictions on certain consumer  transactions and require contract  disclosures
in addition to those  required  under  federal law.  These  requirements  impose
specific statutory  liability that could affect an assignee's ability to enforce
consumer finance contracts such as the Student Loans. In addition,  the remedies
available to the Indenture  Trustee or the Noteholders  upon an Event of Default
under the Indenture may not be readily available or may be limited by applicable
state and federal  laws.  See "Certain  Legal  Aspects of the  Financed  Student
Loans".

     Limitations on Credit Ratings of the  Securities.  It is a condition to the
issuance  and sale of each class of the Notes and of the  Certificates  that the
Notes  be  rated  in  the  highest  investment  rating  category  and  that  the
Certificates be rated in one of the three highest  investment  rating categories
by at least  two  nationally  recognized  Rating  Agencies.  A  rating  is not a
recommendation  to purchase,  hold or sell  Securities,  inasmuch as such rating
does not comment as to market price or  suitability  for a particular  investor.
The ratings of the Securities  address the likelihood of the ultimate payment of
principal of and interest on the  Securities  pursuant to their terms.  However,
the Rating  Agencies do not evaluate,  and the ratings of the  Securities do not
address, the likelihood of payment of the Noteholders'  Interest Index Carryover
or the Certificateholders'  Interest Index Carryover.  There can be no assurance
that a rating will remain for any given period of time or that a rating will not
be  lowered  or  withdrawn  entirely  by a  Rating  Agency  if in  its  judgment
circumstances in the future so warrant.

     Book-Entry  Registration -- Beneficial  Owners Not Recognized by Trust. The
Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes and the Certificates will each be initially
represented  by one or more  certificates  registered  in the name of Cede,  the
nominee for DTC, and will not be  registered in the names of the holders of such
Securities  or their  nominees.  Because of this,  unless  and until  Definitive
Securities are issued,  holders of such Securities will not be recognized by the
Indenture   Trustee  or  the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee  as   "Noteholders"   or
"Certificateholders",  as the  case  may be  (as  such  terms  are  used  in the
Indenture  and the  Trust  Agreement,  respectively).  Hence,  until  Definitive
Securities are issued,  holders of such Securities will only be able to exercise
the rights of  Securityholders  indirectly  through DTC,  Cedel or Euroclear and
their respective participating organizations. See "Description of the Securities
- -- Book-Entry Registration" and "-- Definitive Securities".

     [Geographic  Concentration.  Approximately  -----% and -----% by  principal
balance of the Initial  Financed  Student Loans have  borrowers  with  permanent
billing  addresses  located in either  ---------- or  ----------,  respectively.
Consequently,  a material  deterioration in general economic conditions in those
states could result in an increased level of delinquencies  and/or defaults from
such borrowers  requiring increased default claims to be paid by the Guarantors.
In such  circumstances,  Securityholders  could  experience  delays in receiving
payments or, if default claims increase significantly, could receive accelerated
payments.]

                             FORMATION OF THE TRUST
The Trust

     First Union  Student Loan Trust  1997-1 is a [business]  trust formed under
the laws of the State of  [Delaware]  pursuant  to the Trust  Agreement  for the
transactions  described  in this  Prospectus.  The Trust  will not engage in any
activity  other than (i)  acquiring,  holding and managing the Financed  Student
Loans and the other assets of the Trust and proceeds therefrom, (ii) issuing the
Certificates  and the Notes,  (iii) making payments thereon and (iv) engaging in
other  activities  that are necessary,  suitable or convenient to accomplish the
foregoing or are incidental thereto or connected therewith.

     The  Trust  will  be  initially  capitalized  with  equity  of  $----------
excluding  amounts  deposited in the Reserve Account by the Trust on the Closing
Date,   representing  the  initial   principal   balance  of  the  Certificates.
[Certificates  with an original  principal balance of approximately  $----------
will be sold to and retained by the Seller and] the remaining  Certificates will
be sold to third-party  investors that are expected to be unaffiliated  with the
Seller, the Master Servicer,  the Guarantors,  the Trust or the Department.  The
equity of the Trust, together with the proceeds from the sale of the Notes, will
be used by the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee to purchase on behalf of the Trust the
Financed  Student  Loans from the Seller  pursuant  to the Sale  Agreement.  The
Seller will use a portion of the net  proceeds it receives  from the sale of the
Financed  Student Loans to make the Reserve  Account Initial  Deposit.  Upon the
consummation of such transactions, the property of the Trust will consist of (a)
a pool of Student  Loans,  legal title to which is held by the  Eligible  Lender
Trustee on behalf of the Trust, (b) all funds collected in respect thereof on or
after  [June] 1,  1997,  and (c) all moneys  and  investments  on deposit in the
Collection  Account  and the Reserve  Account.  The Notes will be secured by the
property of the Trust.  The Collection  Account and the Reserve  Account will be
maintained  in  the  name  of the  Indenture  Trustee  for  the  benefit  of the
Noteholders and the Certificateholders.  To facilitate servicing and to minimize
administrative  burden and expense,  the Master  Servicer  will  delegate to the
respective Subservicers the responsibility to maintain custody of the promissory
notes representing the Financed Student Loans by the Eligible Lender Trustee.

     The   Trust's   principal   offices   are  in   ----------,   in   care  of
- --------------------, as Eligible Lender Trustee, at the address listed below.

Capitalization of the Trust

     The following table  illustrates the  capitalization of the Trust as of the
Cutoff Date, as if the issuance and sale of the  Securities  offered  hereby had
taken place on such date:


  Floating Rate Class A-1 Asset Backed Notes            $
                                                        ----------------
  Floating Rate Class A-2 Asset Backed Notes            $
                                                        ----------------
  Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates               $
                                                        ----------------

                       Total                            $
                                                        =================


Eligible Lender Trustee

     General. --------------------- is the Eligible Lender Trustee for the Trust
under  the  Trust  Agreement.   ---------------------   is  a  national  banking
association  whose principal  offices are located at  ---------------------  and
whose Delaware offices are located at ---------------------. The Eligible Lender
Trustee  will  acquire on behalf of the Trust  legal  title to all the  Financed
Student  Loans  acquired  pursuant to the Sale  Agreement.  The Eligible  Lender
Trustee on behalf of the Trust will enter into a Guarantee  Agreement  with each
of the  Guarantors  with respect to such Financed  Student  Loans.  The Eligible
Lender  Trustee  qualifies as an eligible  lender and owner of all Student Loans
for all purposes  under the Higher  Education Act and the Guarantee  Agreements.
Failure of the Financed  Student  Loans to be owned by an eligible  lender would
result in the loss of any Guarantee  Payments from any Guarantor and any Federal
Assistance  with  respect to such  Financed  Student  Loans.  See "The  Financed
Student Loan Pool -- Insurance of Student Loans;  Guarantors of Student  Loans".
The Eligible Lender Trustee's liability in connection with the issuance and sale
of the Notes and the  Certificates is limited solely to the express  obligations
of the Eligible  Lender  Trustee set forth in the Trust  Agreement  and the Sale
Agreement.  See "Description of the Securities" and "Description of the Transfer
and  Servicing  Agreements".  The Seller  plans to  maintain  normal  commercial
banking relations with the Eligible Lender Trustee.

     Fees. In  consideration  for its performance of its  obligations  under the
Sale Agreement, the Eligible Lender Trustee will be entitled to receive a fee of
- -----, payable by the Trust on each Distribution Date.

                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Sources of Capital and Liquidity

     The  Trust's  primary  sources of capital  will be the net  proceeds of the
Securities offered hereby.  See "Formation of the Trust--  Capitalization of the
Trust".

     The Trust's primary  sources of liquidity will be collections  with respect
to the Financed Student Loans and amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account.

Results of Operations

     The Trust was recently formed and,  accordingly,  has no meaningful results
of operations as of the date of this Prospectus. Because the Trust does not have
any  operating  history,  there has not been  included  in this  Prospectus  any
historical or pro forma ratio of earnings to fixed charges.  The earnings on the
Financed  Student  Loans and other  assets  owned by the Trust and the  interest
costs of the Notes will  determine  the  Trust's  results of  operations  in the
future.  The  income  generated  from  the  Trust's  assets  will be used to pay
operating  costs  and  expenses  of the  Trust  (to the  extent  not paid by the
Seller), interest and principal on the Notes and distributions to the holders of
the Certificates.  The principal operating expenses of the Trust are expected to
be, but are not limited to, the Servicing  Fee, the  Administration  Fee and the
fees of the  Indenture  Trustee  and the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee  (such  fees
collectively, the "Trust Fees") and the Excess Servicing Fee, if any.

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

     The net proceeds  from the sale of the  Certificates  and the Notes will be
paid to the Seller to purchase the Financed  Student  Loans on the Closing Date.
The Seller will use such  proceeds  paid to it (i) to make the  Reserve  Account
Initial Deposit and (ii) [for general corporate purposes.]



              THE SELLER, THE MASTER SERVICER AND THE ADMINISTRATOR

The Seller

     General.  First Union  National  Bank (the  "Bank") is the Seller under the
Sale  Agreement.  The Bank is a  national  banking  association  having its main
office in Avondale,  Pennsylvania,  and an indirect banking  subsidiary of First
Union Corporation, a North Carolina corporation and a multi-bank holding company
registered  under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended.  First Union
Corporation is the sixth largest bank holding company in the United States based
on total assets as of December 31,  1996.  As of December 31, 1996,  First Union
Corporation had assets of $140.1 billion,  net loans of $95.9 billion,  deposits
of $94.8 billion and shareholders' equity of $10.01 billion. For the fiscal year
ended  December  31,  1996,  First Union  Corporation  had net  earnings of $1.5
billion.  At  December  31,  1996,  First Union  Corporation's  tier 1 and total
capital ratios were 7.33% and 12.33%,  respectively.  First Union  Corporation's
leverage ratio at December 31, 1996 was 6.13%.

The Master Servicer and the Administrator

     General.  First Union National Bank ("First  Union") will act as the Master
Servicer  under  the  Master  Servicing   Agreement  and  it  will  act  as  the
Administrator  under  the  Administration  Agreement  and the  Master  Servicing
Agreement.  First Union is a separate  national banking  association  having its
main office in  Charlotte,  North  Carolina,  an  affiliate  of the Seller and a
banking  subsidiary  of  First  Union   Corporation.   Pursuant  to  a  proposed
reorganization  of the banking  subsidiaries of First Union  Corporation,  it is
expected that by February 1998 First Union will merge into the Bank and the Bank
will  succeed  to all of  First  Union's  obligations  as  Master  Servicer  and
Administrator under the Trust.

     Services and Fees of the Master Servicer.  Pursuant to the Master Servicing
Agreement and except as otherwise  expressly assumed by the  Administrator,  the
Master  Servicer has agreed as the Master  Servicer to service,  and perform all
other related tasks with respect to, all the Financed  Student Loans acquired by
the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee on behalf of the Trust.  The Master  Servicer  is
required  to perform all  services  and duties  customary  to the  servicing  of
Student  Loans  and to do so in the  same  manner  as the  Master  Servicer  has
serviced  Student Loans on behalf of the Seller and otherwise in compliance with
all applicable  standards and  procedures.  In addition,  the Master Servicer is
required to maintain its eligibility as a third-party  servicer under the Higher
Education  Act. See  "Description  of the Transfer and  Servicing  Agreements --
Servicing Procedures".

     The Master Servicer may perform its servicing  obligations under the Master
Servicing  Agreement  through  one or more  subservicing  agreements  with other
student loan servicers (each, a "Subservicer"  and a "Subservicing  Agreement").
Such  Subservicing  Agreements  may be  terminated  by the Master  Servicer with
notice, and the Subservicing Agreements may not have a term which extends to the
maturity date of the Securities.  In the event such Subservicing  Agreements are
terminated or are not renewed or extended,  the Trust may  experience  delays in
collections  on the  Student  Loans  until  the  servicing  obligations  of such
Subservicer  are  transferred  and  assumed by another  Subservicer.  See "--The
Subservicers" below.

     In consideration  for performing its obligations under the Master Servicing
Agreement,  the Master  Servicer  will receive,  subject to certain  limitations
described  herein, a monthly fee payable by the Trust on each Monthly  Servicing
Payment  Date equal [the sum of] (i) -----% per annum of the Pool  Balance as of
the    last    day    of    the    preceding    calendar    month    and    (ii)
[-------------------------],  in  each  case  subject  to  certain  adjustments,
together with other administrative fees and similar charges. See "Description of
Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Servicing Compensation".

     The  Subservicers.  The  Master  Servicer  may from time to time enter into
agreements with  Subservicers.  The Master  Servicer has currently  entered into
Subservicing  Agreements  with AFSA  Data  Corporation,  PHEAA  and  Connecticut
Assistance  for  Loan  Servicing,   a  division  of  Connecticut   Student  Loan
Foundation,  to serve as Subservicers under the Master Servicing  Agreement.  As
the scheduled termination date of any Subservicing Agreement may be prior to the
maturity date of the Securities,  successor  subservicers not identified  herein
may be engaged to subservice a portion of the related  Student Loans;  provided,
however,  that no  successor  subservicer  shall be  engaged  unless  the Master
Servicer  shall  have  received  prior  written  notice  from each of the Rating
Agencies that the engagement of such successor  subservicer shall not cause such
Rating Agency to lower its  then-current  rating on any of the  Securities.  Any
successor  subservicer  shall be deemed  to be a  Subservicer  under the  Master
Servicing   Agreement.   Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  any  Subservicing
Agreement,  the Master Servicing Agreement will provide that the Master Servicer
will remain liable for its servicing duties and the obligations under the Master
Servicing Agreement as if the Master Servicer were servicing the Student Loans.

     Services  and  Fees  of  Administrator.   Pursuant  to  the  Administration
Agreement,  the Administrator will be responsible  providing notices and reports
and performing other administrative  obligations required by the Indenture,  the
Trust Agreement and the Master  Servicing  Agreement.  As  compensation  for the
performance of the  Administrator's  obligations  and as  reimbursement  for its
expenses   related   thereto,   the   Administrator   will  be  entitled  to  an
administration  fee in an amount  equal to  ------  (the  "Administration  Fee")
payable by the Trust on each Distribution Date. See "Description of the Transfer
and Servicing Agreements -- Administrator."

                         THE FINANCED STUDENT LOAN POOL
General

     The Student Loans to be sold by the Seller to the Eligible  Lender  Trustee
on behalf of the Trust  pursuant to the Sale Agreement will be selected from the
portfolio of Student Loans  originated  under the Federal Family  Education Loan
Program (see "The Federal Family  Education Loan Program") by several  criteria,
including, as of the Cutoff Date, that each Student Loan (i) is guaranteed as to
principal and interest by a Guarantor and is in turn reinsured by the Department
in accordance with the terms of the Federal Family Education Loan Program,  (ii)
was  originated  in  the  United  States  of  America,  its  territories  or its
possessions  under and in  accordance  with the Federal  Family  Education  Loan
Program,  (iii) contains terms in accordance  with those required by the Federal
Family  Education Loan Program,  the applicable  Guarantee  Agreements and other
applicable requirements,  (iv) provides for regular payments that fully amortize
the amount financed over its original term to maturity  (exclusive of any Grace,
Deferral or Forbearance Periods),  (v) is not more than 90 days delinquent as of
the Cutoff Date and (vi)  satisfies  the other  criteria  set forth  herein.  In
addition,  as of the Cutoff Date no Financed Student Loan had a borrower who was
noted in the  related  records of the Seller as being  currently  involved  in a
bankruptcy  proceeding or deceased.  Although  there can be no assurance  that a
borrower of a Financed  Student  Loan has not become  involved  in a  bankruptcy
proceeding  or  deceased,  each  such loan is  guaranteed  as to  principal  and
interest  by a  Guarantor  in the  event  of any such  bankruptcy  or death of a
borrower.  No  Financed  Student  Loan as of the Cutoff  Date was subject to the
Seller's  prior  obligation  to sell such loan to a third  party.  No  selection
procedures believed by the Seller to be adverse to the Securityholders were used
in selecting the Financed Student Loans.

     The Student Loans that comprise the assets of the Trust will be held by the
Eligible  Lender  Trustee,  on behalf of the Trust.  The Eligible Lender Trustee
will also enter  into,  on behalf of the Trust,  Guarantee  Agreements  with the
Guarantors  pursuant to which each of such Student  Loans will be  guaranteed by
one of such Guarantors.

Origination and Marketing Process

     The  Higher  Education  Act  specifies  rules  regarding  loan  origination
practices,  which  lenders must comply with in order for the Student Loans to be
guaranteed and to be eligible to receive Federal Assistance.  Lenders of Student
Loans  are  prohibited  from  offering  points,  premiums,   payments  or  other
inducements,  directly or indirectly, to any educational institution,  guarantor
or individual in order to secure  Student Loan  applications,  and no lender may
conduct  unsolicited  mailings of Student Loan applications to students who have
not previously received student loans from that lender.

     Generally  the student and school  complete the combined  application  with
promissory  note and mail it either to a lender or  directly  to the  applicable
Guarantor.  Both the lender and such  Guarantor  must approve such  application,
including  confirming  that such  application  is complete  and that it (and the
prospective borrower and institution) complies with all applicable  requirements
of the Higher Education Act and the  requirements of such Guarantor.  The Higher
Education Act requires that each  Guarantor have  procedures  designed to assure
that it guarantees Student Loans only to students  attending  institutions which
meet the  requirements of the Higher  Education Act.  Certain lenders  establish
maximum  default rates for  institutions  whose  students they will serve.  Each
lender  will only make  loans  that are  approved  by the  applicable  Guarantor
(consistent  with the approval  requirements of the Higher Education Act and the
Guarantor). For each such application that is approved, the applicable Guarantor
will issue a guarantee certificate to the lender, which will then cause the loan
to be disbursed (typically in multiple  installments) and a disclosure statement
confirming  the terms of the Student  Loan to be sent to the student (or parent)
borrower. These procedures differ slightly for Consolidation Loans.

Servicing and Collections Process

     The Higher Education Act and the Guarantee Agreements require the holder of
Student Loans to cause specified procedures,  including due diligence procedures
and the taking of specific  steps at specific  intervals,  to be performed  with
respect to the  servicing of the Student  Loans that are designed to ensure that
such Student  Loans are repaid on a timely  basis by or on behalf of  borrowers.
The Master  Servicer  performs  such  procedures on behalf of the Seller and has
agreed,  pursuant to the Master  Servicing  Agreement,  to perform,  through its
Subservicing  Agreements,   specified  and  detailed  servicing  and  collection
procedures  with respect to the Financed  Student  Loans on behalf of the Trust.
Such procedures  generally  include periodic  attempts to contact any delinquent
borrower by telephone and by mail,  commencing  at the tenth day of  delinquency
and  including  multiple  written  notices and  telephone  calls to the borrower
thereafter at specified times during any such  delinquency.  All telephone calls
and letters  are  automatically  registered,  and a synopsis of each call or the
mailing of each letter is noted in the  respective  Subservicer's  loan file for
the  borrower.  Each  Subservicer  is also  required  to  perform  skip  tracing
procedures on delinquent borrowers whose current location is unknown,  including
contacting  such borrowers'  schools and references.  Failure to comply with the
established procedures could adversely affect the ability of the Eligible Lender
Trustee, as holder of legal title to the Financed Student Loans on behalf of the
Trust,  to realize the  benefits of any  Guarantee  Agreement  or to receive the
benefits of Federal Assistance from the Department with respect thereto. Failure
to comply with certain of the established  procedures with respect to a Financed
Student  Loan may also  result  in the  denial  of  coverage  under a  Guarantee
Agreement for certain accrued  interest  amounts,  in  circumstances  where such
failure  has not  caused  the loss of the  guarantee  of the  principal  of such
Financed  Student  Loan.  See "Risk  Factors  -- Risk of Loss of  Guarantor  and
Department  Payments for Failure to Comply with Loan  Origination  and Servicing
Procedures for Student Loans".

     At  prescribed  times  prior to  submitting  a claim  for  payment  under a
Guarantee  Agreement for a delinquent Financed Student Loan, the Master Servicer
is  required  to  notify  the  applicable  Guarantor  of the  existence  of such
delinquency.  These  requests  notify the  Guarantors  of  seriously  delinquent
accounts and allow the Guarantors to make additional attempts to collect on such
loans prior to the filing of claims.  If a loan is delinquent  for 180 days, the
Master Servicer may file a default claim with the respective Guarantor.  Failure
to file a claim  within  270 days of  delinquency  may  result  in denial of the
guarantee claim with respect to such loan. The Master Servicer's failing to file
a guarantee claim in a timely fashion would constitute a breach of its covenants
and create an  obligation  of the Master  Servicer  to purchase  the  applicable
Financed Student Loan. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements
- -- Master Servicer Covenants".

The Financed Student Loans

     Set  forth  below in the  following  tables  is a  description  of  certain
additional characteristics of the Financed Student Loans as of the Cutoff Date.

         Composition of the Financed Student Loans as of the Cutoff Date

Aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance(l) ............

Number of Borrowers....................................

Average Outstanding Principal Balance Per Borrower.....

Number of Loans........................................

Average Outstanding Principal Balance Per Loan.........

Weighted Average Remaining Term to Maturity(2) ........

Weighted Average Annual Interest Rate(3)(4)............

- ---------------

(1)  Includes  in each  case net  principal  balance  due from  borrowers,  plus
     accrued interest thereon to be capitalized upon  commencement of repayment,
     estimated to be $----------  with respect to the Financed  Student Loans as
     of the Cutoff Date.

(2)  Determined  from  the  Cutoff  Date  to the  stated  maturity  date  of the
     applicable  Financed Student Loan,  assuming  repayment  commences promptly
     upon  expiration  of  the  typical  grace  period  following  the  expected
     graduation  date and without  giving effect to any Deferral or  forbearance
     periods  that  may be  granted  in the  future.  See  "The  Federal  Family
     Education Loan Program".

(3)  Determined  using the interest  rates  applicable  to the Financed  Student
     Loans as of the Cutoff  Date.  However,  because all the  Financed  Student
     Loans effectively bear interest at a variable rate per annum,  there can be
     no assurance that the foregoing  percentage  will remain  applicable to the
     Financed  Student Loans at any time after the Cutoff Date. See "The Federal
     Family Education Loan Program".

(4)  Exclusive  of Special  Allowance  Payments.  The weighted  average  spread,
     including Special Allowance Payments, to the 91-day or 52-week T-Bill rate,
     as applicable, was -----% as of the Cutoff Date.

 Distribution of the Financed Student Loans by Loan Type as of the Cutoff Date


                                        Aggregate
                                       Outstanding           Percent of Pool
                         Number         Principal             By Outstanding
     Loan Type          of Loans        Balance(1)          Principal Balance
     ---------          --------        ----------          -----------------
Stafford Loans,
  Subsidized
Stafford Loans,
  Unsubsidized
SLS Loans
PLUS Loans
Federal
  Consolidation
  Loans

     Total

   ---------------

(1)  Includes net principal  balance due from borrowers,  plus accrued  interest
     thereon to be capitalized upon  commencement of repayment,  estimated to be
     $---------- as of the Cutoff Date.

             Distribution of the Financed Student Loans by Interest
                          Rates as of the Cutoff Date

                                             Aggregate   
                                             Outstanding     Percent of Pool
                                  Number      Principal       By Outstanding
  Range of Interest Rates (1)    of Loans    Balance(2)     Principal Balance
  ---------------------------    --------    ----------     -----------------
Less than 7.500%
7.500% to 7.999%
8.000% to 8.499%
8.500% to 8.999%
9.000% and above

                Total
- -----------
(1)  Determined  using the interest  rates  applicable  to the Financed  Student
     Loans as of the Cutoff  Date.  However,  because all the  Financed  Student
     Loans effectively bear interest at a variable rate per annum,  there can be
     no assurance that the foregoing  information will remain  applicable to the
     Financed  Student Loans at any time after the Cutoff Date. See "The Federal
     Family Education Loan Program". 

(2)  Includes net principal  balance due from borrowers,  plus accrued  interest
     thereon to be capitalized upon  commencement of repayment,  estimated to be
     $---------- as of the Cutoff Date.


   Distribution of the Financed Student Loans by Outstanding Principal Balance
                              as of the Cutoff Date
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           Aggregate
                                                          Outstanding          Percent of Pool
      Range of Outstanding             Number              Principal             By Outstanding
      Principal Balances(1)         of Borrowers           Balance(2)          Principal Balance
      ---------------------         ------------           ----------          -----------------
  <S>                               <C>                    <C>                 <C>
  Less than $1,000                                         
  $1,000 to $1,999
  $2,000 to $2,999
  $3,000 to $3,999
  $4,000 to $4,999
  $5,000 to $5,999
  $6,000 to $6,999
  $7,000 to $7,999
  $8,000 to $8,999
  $9,000 to $9,999
  $10,000 to $10,999
  $11,000 to $11,999
  $12,000 to $12,999
  $13,000 to $13,999
  $14,000 and above
</TABLE>

                    Total
  ---------------

(1)  Borrowers  generally  have  more than one  outstanding  loan.  The  average
     aggregate   outstanding   principal   balance  of  loans  per  borrower  is
     $----------,  with respect to the Financed  Student Loans, as of the Cutoff
     Date. 

(2)  Includes net principal  balance due from borrowers,  plus accrued  interest
     thereon to be capitalized upon  commencement of repayment,  estimated to be
     $---------- as of the Cutoff Date.

            Distribution of the Financed Student Loans By School Type

                                               Aggregate 
                                             Outstanding    Percent of Pool
                                  Number       Principal     By Outstanding
            School Type          of Loans      Balance(1     Principal Balance
            -----------          --------      ---------     -----------------
2-year institutions                           
4-year institutions
Proprietary/Vocational
Not identified
                      Total
 ---------------

(1)  Includes net principal  balance due from  borrowers,  plus accred  interest
     thereon,  estimated  to  be  $-----------  as  of  the  Cutoff  Date  to be
     capitalized upon commencement of repayment.



                  Distribution of the Financed Student Loans by
           Remaining Term to Scheduled Maturity as of the Cutoff Date

                                         Aggregate   
   Number of Months                     Outstanding      Percent of Pool
Remaining to Scheduled       Number      Principal        By Outstanding
      Maturity(1)           of Loans    Balance(2)      Principal Balance
      -----------           --------    ----------      -----------------
Less than 24
24 to 35
36 to 47
48 to 59
60 to 71
72 to 83
84 to 95
96 to 107
108 to 119
120 to 131
132 to 143
144 to 155
156 to 167
168 to 179
180 to 191
192 and above

     Total
- ---------------

(1)  Determined  from  the  Cutoff  Date  to the  stated  maturity  date  of the
     applicable  Financed Student Loan,  assuming  repayment  commences promptly
     upon  expiration  of  the  typical  grace  period  following  the  expected
     graduation  date and without  giving effect to any Deferral or  forbearance
     periods  that  may be  granted  in the  future.  See  "The  Federal  Family
     Education Loan Program".

(2)  Includes net principal  balance due from borrowers,  plus accrued  interest
     thereon to be capitalized upon  commencement of repayment,  estimated to be
     $---------- as of the Cutoff Date.


             Distribution of the Financed Student Loans by Borrower
                      Payment Status as of the Cutoff Date

                                                  Aggregate  
                                                 Outstanding    Percent of Pool
                                    Number        Principal      By Outstanding
     Borrower Payment Status(1)    of Loans      Balance(2)    Principal Balance
     --------------------------    --------      ----------    -----------------
 In-School
 Grace
 Deferral
 Forbearance
 Repayment
      First year in repayment
      Second year in repayment
      Third year or greater in
         repayment
Total
- ---------------

(1)  Refers to the status of the  borrower of each  Financed  Student Loan as of
     the Cutoff Date; such borrower may still be attending school ("In-School"),
     may be in a grace period prior to repayment  commencing  ("Grace"),  may be
     repaying such loan  ("Repayment") may have temporarily ceased repaying such
     loan  through a  Deferral  ("Deferral")  or a  forbearance  ("Forbearance")
     period. See "The Federal Family Education Loan Program ".

(2)  Includes net principal  balance due from borrowers,  plus accrued  interest
     thereon to be capitalized upon  commencement of repayment,  estimated to be
     $----------- as of the Cutoff Date.

(3)  The weighted  average number of months in repayment of all Financed Student
     Loans currently in repayment is ---,  calculated as the term to maturity at
     the  commencement  of  repayment  less the  number of months  remaining  to
     scheduled maturity as of the Cutoff Date.

    Scheduled Weighted Average Months in Status of the Financed Student Loans
              by Current Loan Payment Status as the Cutoff Date(1)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

      Current Borrower Payment Status                              Scheduled Months in Status
                                               -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               In-School       Grace        Deferral     Forbearance     Repayment
                                               ---------       -----        --------     -----------     ---------
<S>                                           <C>              <C>          <C>          <C>             <C>
In-School
Grace
Deferral
Forbearance
Repayment
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1)  Determined  without  giving effect to any deferral or  forbearance  periods
     that may be granted in the future.

   Geographic Distribution of the Financed Student Loans as of the Cutoff Date


                                           Aggregate   
                                          Outstanding        Percent of Pool
                         Number            Principal          By Outstanding
      State(1)          of Loans           Balance(2)       Principal Balance
      --------          --------           ----------       -----------------
 Alabama
 Alaska
 Arizona
 Arkansas
 California
 Colorado
 Connecticut
 Delaware
 Florida
 Georgia
 Guam
 Hawaii
 Idaho
 Illinois
 Indiana
 Iowa
 Kansas
 Kentucky
 Louisiana
 Maine
 Maryland
 Massachusetts
 Michigan
 Minnesota
 Mississippi
 Missouri
 Montana
 Nebraska
 Nevada
 New Hampshire
 New Jersey
 New Mexico
 New York
 North Carolina
 North Dakota
 Ohio
 Oklahoma
 Oregon
 Pennsylvania
 Puerto Rico
 Rhode Island
 South Carolina
 South Dakota
 Tennessee
 Texas
 Utah
 Vermont
 Virgin Islands
 Virginia
 Washington
 Washington, DC
 West Virginia
 Wisconsin
 Wyoming
 Other

Total
- ---------------

(1)  Based on the permanent  billing  addresses of the borrowers of the Financed
     Student Loans shown on the Master Servicer's records as of the Cutoff Date.

(2)  Includes net principal  balance due from  obligors,  plus accrued  interest
     thereon to be capitalized upon  commencement of repayment,  estimated to be
     $---------- as of the Cutoff Date.

         Distribution of Financed Student Loans by Date of Disbursement

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Aggregate
                                                     Outstanding        Percent of Pool
                                          Number       Principal          By Outstanding
           Disbursement Date (1)        of Loans      Balance(2)       Principal Balance
           ---------------------        --------      ----------       -----------------
   <S>                                  <C>           <C>              <C>                      
   October 1, 1993 and thereafter
   Pre-October 1, 1993
</TABLE>

                Total

 ---------------

(1)  Student Loans disbursed prior to October 1, 1993 are 100% guaranteed by the
     applicable Guarantor, and reinsured against default by the Department up to
     a maximum of 100% of the Guarantee Payments.  Student Loans disbursed on or
     after October 1, 1993 are 98% guaranteed by the applicable  Guarantor,  and
     reinsured against default by the Department up to a maximum of 98%.

(2)  Includes net principal  balance due from borrowers,  plus accrued  interest
     thereon,  estimated  to  be  $----------  as  of  the  Cutoff  Date  to  be
     capitalized upon commencement of repayment.

     Each  of the  Financed  Student  Loans  provides  or will  provide  for the
amortization of the outstanding  principal balance of such Financed Student Loan
over  a  series  of  regular  payments.  Each  regular  payment  consists  of an
installment  of interest  which is  calculated  on the basis of the  outstanding
principal  balance of such Financed  Student Loan  multiplied by the  applicable
interest rate and further  multiplied by the period  elapsed (as a fraction of a
calendar year) since the preceding payment of interest was made. As payments are
received  in respect of such  Financed  Student  Loan,  the amount  received  is
applied  first to  interest  accrued to the date of payment  and the  balance is
applied to reduce the unpaid principal balance.  Accordingly, if a borrower pays
a regular  installment before its scheduled due date, the portion of the payment
allocable to interest for the period since the  preceding  payment was made will
be less than it would have been had the payment been made as scheduled,  and the
portion of the payment  applied to reduce the unpaid  principal  balance will be
correspondingly  greater.  Conversely,  if a borrower pays a monthly installment
after its scheduled due date,  the portion of the payment  allocable to interest
for the period  since the  preceding  payment  was made will be greater  than it
would have been had the payment been made as  scheduled,  and the portion of the
payment applied to reduce the unpaid principal  balance will be  correspondingly
less. In either case, subject to any applicable  Deferral Periods or Forbearance
Periods,  the  borrower  pays a regular  installment  until the final  scheduled
payment date, at which time the amount of the final  installment is increased or
decreased as necessary to repay the then outstanding  principal  balance of such
Financed Student Loan.


Insurance of Student Loans; Guarantors of Student Loans

     General. Each Financed Student Loan will be required to be guaranteed as to
principal and interest by the Pennsylvania  Higher Education  Assistance Agency,
an agency of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania  ("PHEAA"),  the New Jersey Higher
Education Assistance Authority, an agency of the State of New Jersey ("NJHEAA"),
the Connecticut  Student Loan Foundation,  an agency of the State of Connecticut
("CSLF"), the N.Y. State Higher Education Services Corporation, an agency of the
State of New York ("NYSHESC"),  the United Student Aid Funds, Inc., a non-profit
corporation   ("USAF"),   or  other  eligible  guarantors   (collectively,   the
"Guarantors") and reinsured by the Department under the Higher Education Act and
must be eligible  for  Special  Allowance  Payments  and,  with  respect to each
Financed  Student Loan that is not a SLS Loan or a Federal  Consolidation  Loan,
Interest Subsidy Payments paid by the Department.

     Guarantors for the Financed  Student Loans. The Eligible Lender Trustee has
entered into a Guarantee  Agreement with each of the Guarantors by which each of
the  Guarantors  has agreed to serve as  Guarantor  for certain of the  Financed
Student  Loans.  The following  table provides  information  with respect to the
portion of the Financed Student Loans guaranteed by each Guarantor:

    Distribution of Financed Student Loans by Guarantor as of the Cutoff Date

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Aggregate
                                                                      Outstanding      Percent of Pool
                                                         Number        Principal       By Outstanding
           Name of Guarantor                            of Loans       Balance(1)     Principal Balance
           -----------------                            --------       ----------     -----------------
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>             <C>
Connecticut Student Loan Foundation
Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance Authority
New Jersey Higher Education Assistance Authority
N.Y. State Higher Education Services Corporation
United Student Aid Funds, Inc.
[Others]

                 Total
</TABLE>
 ---------------

(1)  Includes net principal  balance due from borrowers,  plus accrued  interest
     thereon,  estimated  to  be  $-----------  as  of  the  Cutoff  Date  to be
     capitalized upon commencement of repayment.

     Pursuant to its  respective  Guarantee  Agreement,  each of the  Guarantors
guarantees payment of 100% of the principal  (including any interest capitalized
from  time to  time)  and  accrued  interest  for  each  Financed  Student  Loan
guaranteed by it as to which any one of the following events has occurred:

               (a) failure by the borrower thereof to make monthly  principal or
          interest  payments on such  Financed  Student Loan when due,  provided
          such  failure  continues  for a period of 180 days  (except  that such
          guarantee  against such  failures will be 98% of principal and accrued
          interest for loans first disbursed on or after October 1, 1993);

               (b) any filing by or against the  borrower  thereof of a petition
          in bankruptcy  pursuant to any chapter of the Federal bankruptcy code,
          as amended;

               (c) the death of the borrower thereof; or

               (d) the total and permanent disability of the borrower thereof to
          work and earn money or attend  school,  as  certified  by a  qualified
          physician.

     When these conditions are satisfied,  the Higher Education Act requires the
Guarantors  generally to pay the claim within 90 days of its  submission  by the
lender. The obligations of the Guarantors pursuant to their respective Guarantee
Agreements are obligations solely of the Guarantors,  respectively,  and are not
supported by the full faith and credit of any state government.

     Each of the Guarantors  guarantee  obligations with respect to any Financed
Student Loan are  conditioned  upon the  satisfaction  of all the conditions set
forth in the applicable Guarantee  Agreement.  These conditions include, but are
not  limited  to, the  following:  (i) the  origination  and  servicing  of such
Financed  Student Loan being performed in accordance  with the Higher  Education
Act and other applicable requirements, (ii) the timely payment to the Guarantors
of the guarantee fee payable with respect to such Financed  Student Loan,  (iii)
the timely  submission to the Guarantors of all required  pre-claim  delinquency
status notifications and of the claim with respect to such Financed Student Loan
and (iv) the transfer and  endorsement of the promissory  note  evidencing  such
Financed  Student Loan to the  Guarantors,  upon and in connection with making a
claim to receive Guarantee  Payments thereon.  Failure to comply with any of the
applicable conditions, including the foregoing, may result in the refusal of the
Guarantors  to honor their  Guarantee  Agreements  with respect to such Financed
Student  Loan,  in the  denial of  guarantee  coverage  with  respect to certain
accrued interest amounts with respect thereto or in the loss of certain Interest
Subsidy Payments and Special Allowance Payments with respect thereto.  Under the
Master Servicing Agreement,  such failure to comply would constitute a breach of
the Master  Servicer's  covenants  or,  under the Sale  Agreement,  the Seller's
representations  and  warranties,  as the  case  may be,  and  would  create  an
obligation  of the  Seller  or the  Master  Servicer,  as the  case  may be,  to
repurchase or purchase such Financed  Student Loan or to reimburse the Trust for
such non-guaranteed  interest amounts or such lost Interest Subsidy Payments and
Special  Allowance  Payments  with  respect  thereto.  See  "Description  of the
Transfer  and  Servicing   Agreements  --  Sale  of  Financed   Student   Loans;
Representations and Warranties" and "-- Master Servicer Covenants".

     Set forth below is certain current and historical  information with respect
to each of the Guarantors in its capacity as a Guarantor of all education  loans
(including but not limited to law school loans) guaranteed by each of them:

     Guaranty Volume.  The following table sets forth the approximate  aggregate
principal  amount of federally  reinsured  education loans (including PLUS Loans
but excluding Federal  Consolidation Loans) that have first become guaranteed by
each  Guarantor and by all  guarantors  in each of the last five federal  fiscal
years:*


                                      Stafford, SLS and PLUS Loans Guaranteed
                                      ---------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   (in millions)
     Federal                                                                     
     Fiscal                                                                                               All
      Year             PHEAA           NJHEAA           CSLF            NYSHESC           USAF          Guarantors
      ----             -----           ------           ----            -------           ----          ----------
      <S>             <C>                <C>              <C>              <C>             <C>           <C>
      1991            $1,195             $                $                $               $             $13,500
      1992            $1,295             $                $                $               $             $14,749
      1993            $1,523             $                $                $               $             $17,863
      1994            $1,747             $                $                $               $               **
      1995            $1,808             $                $                $               $               **
</TABLE>

          *    The  information  set forth in the table above for All Guarantors
               has been obtained from the Department of  Education's  Guaranteed
               Student Loan  Programs  Data Books (each,  a "DOE Data Book") for
               Fiscal Years 1991, 1992 and 1993.  Information for PHEAA, NJHEAA,
               CSLF,  NYSHESC,  and USAF was obtained from PHEAA  NJHEAA,  CSLF,
               NYSHESC,  and  USAF,  respectively.   The  information  for  "All
               Guarantors"   for  1993  was  obtained  from  the  Department  of
               Education's Loan Volume Update.  The information set forth in the
               table above has not been  audited or  independently  verified for
               accuracy or  completeness  by the Seller,  the Master Servicer or
               the Underwriters.

         **    Not available.

     Reserve Ratio. Each Guarantor's reserve ratio is determined by dividing its
cumulative  cash reserves by the original  principal  amount of the  outstanding
loans it has agreed to guarantee.  The term "cumulative cash reserves" refers to
cash reserves plus (i) sources of funds  (including  insurance  premiums,  state
appropriations,  federal advances, federal reinsurance payments,  administrative
cost allowances,  collections on claims paid and investment earnings) minus (ii)
uses of funds  (including  claims paid to lenders,  operating  expenses,  lender
fees, the Department's  share of collections on claims paid,  returned  advances
and reinsurance  fees).  The "original  principal  amount of outstanding  loans"
consists of the original  principal amount of loans guaranteed by such Guarantor
minus (i) the original  principal amount of loans cancelled,  claims paid, loans
paid in full  and loan  guarantees  transferred  from  such  Guarantor  to other
guarantors,   plus  (ii)  the  original  principal  amount  of  loan  guarantees
transferred to such Guarantor from other  guarantors.  The following  table sets
forth the Guarantors'  cumulative cash reserves and their corresponding  reserve
ratios and the national  average  reserve ratio for all  guarantors for the last
five federal fiscal years:*

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

     Federal
     Fiscal                                                                                                    All
      Year             PHEAA           NJHEAA           CSLF            NYSHESC           USAF              Guarantors
      ----             -----           ------           ----            -------           ----              ----------
                                                   (in millions)
      <S>             <C>               <C>               <C>              <C>             <C>              <C>
      1991            $29.41            0.4%              $                $               $                %
      1992            $85.89            1.1%              $                $               $                %
      1993            $100.95           1.1%              $                $               $                %
      1994            $133.63           1.3%              $                $               $                %
      1995            $166.31           1.5%              $                $               $                5
</TABLE>

          *    The  information  set forth in the table  above  with  respect to
               PHEAA,  NJHEAA,  CSLF,  NYSHESC,  and USAF has been obtained from
               PHEAA,  NJHEAA,  CSLF,  NYSHESC,  and USAF,  respectively and the
               information  with  respect  to  the  national  average  has  been
               obtained  from  the  Fiscal  Years  1991,  1992 and 1993 DOE Data
               Books.  The above  information  with  respect to PHEAA for fiscal
               years  1993  and  earlier   represents  a  restatement   of  such
               information  from  that  previously  supplied  by  PHEAA  to  the
               Department.  The restated  information corrects certain errors in
               the cumulative cash reserves previously reported, which PHEAA has
               indicated   resulted  from  a  failure  to  properly  reflect  in
               cumulative cash reserves all transactions  which should have been
               reflected in a reconciliation of its sources and uses of funds as
               at September 30 of the years indicated.  The restatement of these
               reserves  did not affect  PHEAA's  claims-paying  ability  during
               these years. The information set forth in the table above has not
               been   audited  or   independently   verified   for  accuracy  or
               completeness   by  the  Seller,   the  Master   Servicer  or  the
               Underwriters.

          **   Not available.

     Recovery  Rates. A Guarantor's  recovery rate,  which provides a measure of
the effectiveness of the collection efforts against  defaulting  borrowers after
the  guarantee  claim has been  satisfied,  is determined by dividing the amount
recovered  from  borrowers by the Guarantor by the  aggregate  amount of default
claims paid by the  Guarantor  during the  applicable  federal  fiscal year with
respect to borrowers.  With respect to Stafford Loans only, the table below sets
forth the recovery  rates for each of the  Guarantors  and the national  average
recovery rates for all guarantors for the last five federal fiscal years:*


                                                   Recovery Rate
                                                   -------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Federal
      Fiscal                                                                                            National 
      Year             PHEAA           NJHEAA           CSLF            NYSHESC           USAF           Average
      ----             -----           ------           ----            -------           ----           -------
      <S>              <C>               <C>              <C>              <C>             <C>            <C>
      1991             44.5%             %                $                $               $              28.9%
      1992             46.5%             %                $                $               $              32.0%
      1993             48.1%             %                $                $               $             -- **
      1994             52.9%             %                $                $               $             -- **
      1995             53.3%             %                $                $               $             -- **
</TABLE>

          *    The  information  set forth in the table  above for the  National
               Average has been  compiled from the DOE Data Book for Fiscal Year
               1991 and 1992.  Information for PHEAA, NJHEAA, CSLF, NYSHESC, and
               USAF, as applicable,  was provided by each entity,  respectively.
               The information set forth in the table above has not been audited
               or  independently  verified for accuracy or  completeness  by the
               Seller, the Master Servicer or the Underwriters.

          **   Not available.

     [Loan  Loss  Reserve.  Neither  PHEAA,  NJHEAA,  CSLF,  NYSHESC,  and  USAF
maintains a  segregated  loan loss  reserve  with  respect to its  student  loan
guarantee  obligations.  In the event that a Guarantor  receives  less than full
reimbursement  of  its  guarantee  obligations  from  the  Department  (see  "--
Reinsurance"  above),  such  Guarantor  would be forced to look to its  existing
assets to satisfy any such guarantee obligations not so reimbursed.]

     Claims  Rate.  For  the  past  five  federal  fiscal  years,  none  of  the
Guarantors'  claims rates have  exceeded 5%, and as a result,  all claims of the
Guarantors have been fully  reimbursed by the Department.  See "--  Reinsurance"
above. Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that the Guarantors will continue
to  receive  full  reimbursement  for  such  claims  (or the  full  98%  maximum
reimbursement  for loans  first  disbursed  on or after  October 1,  1993).  The
following  table sets forth the claims rates of each  Guarantor and the national
average for all guarantors for each of the last five federal fiscal years:*


                                                    Claims Rate
                                                    -----------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    Federal
     Fiscal                                                                                             All
      Year             PHEAA           NJHEAA           CSLF            NYSHESC           USAF        Guarantors
      ----             -----           ------           ----            -------           ----        ----------
      <S>              <C>               <C>              <C>              <C>             <C>           <C>
      1991             2.9%              %                $                $               $              4.5%
      1992             2.8%              %                $                $               $             -- **
      1993             2.3%              %                $                $               $             -- **
      1994             2.2%              %                $                $               $             -- **
      1995             2.0%              %                $                $               $             -- **
</TABLE>

          *    The  information  set forth in the table above has been  obtained
               from the Department  (with respect to fiscal years 1991 and 1992)
               and from PHEAA , NJHEAA,  CSLF,  NYSHESC,  and USAF as applicable
               (with  respect  to  fiscal  years  1993,  1994  and  1995).   The
               information  set forth in the table above has not been audited or
               independently  verified  for  accuracy  or  completeness  by  the
               Seller, the Master Servicer or the Underwriters.

          **   Not available.

     There can be no assurance that the claims rate experience of PHEAA, NJHEAA,
CSLF,  NYSHESC,  and USAF for any future year will be similar to the  historical
claims rate  experience  set forth above.  See "Risk  Factors --  Dependence  on
Guarantors as Security for Financed Student Loans".

Maturity and Prepayment Considerations

     The rate of payment of principal of the Notes and the  Certificates and the
yield on the Notes and the  Certificates  will be affected by prepayments of the
Financed  Student  Loans that may occur as  described  below.  All the  Financed
Student  Loans are  prepayable  in whole or in part by the borrowers at any time
(including by means of Federal  Consolidation  Loans or consolidation loans made
under the Federal Direct Student Loan Program as discussed below) or as a result
of  a  borrower's  default,  death,  disability  or  bankruptcy  and  subsequent
liquidation or collection of Guarantee  Payments with respect thereto.  The rate
of such  prepayments  cannot be predicted  and may be influenced by a variety of
economic,  social and other factors,  including as described  below. In general,
the rate of  prepayments  may tend to increase  to the extent  that  alternative
financing   becomes   available  at   prevailing   interest   rates  which  fall
significantly below the interest rates applicable to the Financed Student Loans.
However, because many of the Financed Student Loans bear interest at a rate that
either  actually or  effectively  is  floating,  it is  impossible  to determine
whether  changes in  prevailing  interest  rates will be similar to or vary from
changes in the  interest  rates on the  Financed  Student  Loans.  To the extent
borrowers  of  Financed  Student  Loans elect to borrow  Consolidation  Loans or
obtain  consolidation loans under the Federal Direct Student Loan Program,  such
Financed  Student Loans will be prepaid.  See "The Federal Family Education Loan
Program -- The  Consolidation  Loan  Program".  There can be no  assurance  that
borrowers  will not  choose to obtain a  consolidation  loan  under the  Federal
Direct Student Loan Program. In addition,  the Seller is obligated to repurchase
any Financed Student Loan pursuant to the Sale Agreement as a result of a breach
of any of its  representations  and  warranties,  and  the  Master  Servicer  is
obligated to purchase any Financed Student Loan pursuant to the Master Servicing
Agreement  as a result of a breach of  certain  covenants  with  respect to such
Financed  Student  Loan,  in each case where such  breach  materially  adversely
affects the  interests  of the  Certificateholders  or the  Noteholders  in that
Financed  Student  Loan and is not cured within the  applicable  cure period (it
being  understood  that any such  breach  that does not affect  any  Guarantor's
obligation  to  guarantee  payment  of such  Financed  Student  Loan will not be
considered to have a material adverse effect for this purpose). See "Description
of the Transfer and  Servicing  Agreements  -- Sale of Financed  Student  Loans;
Representations  and Warranties" and "-- Master  Servicer  Covenants".  See also
"Description  of the Transfer and  Servicing  Agreements  --  Insolvency  Event"
regarding the sale of the Financed  Student Loans if an Insolvency  Event occurs
and " --  Termination"  regarding  the Seller's  option to purchase the Financed
Student Loans when the Pool Balance is less than or equal to [5]% of the Initial
Pool  Balance  and the  auction of the  Financed  Student  Loans on or after the
Distribution Date.

     On the other hand,  scheduled  payments with respect to, and maturities of,
the Financed Student Loans may be extended, including pursuant to Grace Periods,
Deferral Periods and, under certain circumstances, Forbearance Periods. The rate
of payment of principal of the Notes and the  Certificates  and the yield on the
Notes  and  the  Certificates  may  also be  affected  by the  rate of  defaults
resulting in losses on defaulted  Student Loans which have been  liquidated,  by
the severity of those losses and by the timing of those losses, which may affect
the ability of the Guarantors to make Guarantee  Payments with respect  thereto.
In addition,  the maturity of certain of the Financed  Student  Loans may extend
beyond  the Class A-1 Final  Maturity  Date,  Class A-2 Final  Maturity  Date or
Certificate Final Payment Date.

     The rate of prepayment  on the Financed  Student Loans cannot be predicted,
and any  reinvestment  risks  resulting  from a faster  or slower  incidence  of
prepayment   of  Financed   Student   Loans  will  be  borne   entirely  by  the
Securityholders.  Such  reinvestment  risks may include  the risk that  interest
rates and the relevant spreads above particular interest rate bases are lower at
the time  Securityholders  receive  payments  from the Trust than such  interest
rates and such spreads would  otherwise have been had such  prepayments not been
made or had such prepayments been made at a different time.

     [The  following  tables  show the  percentages  of the  original  principal
balances of the classes of Securities that would remain  outstanding  after such
Distribution  Date under  various  scenarios  and their  corresponding  weighted
average lives.  For purposes of the tables,  it is assumed,  among other things,
that:  (i) the Closing Date for the  Securities  occurs on June --,  1997,  (ii)
distributions  on the  Securities  occur on the ---th date of each March,  June,
September and December,  regardless  of the day on which the  Distribution  Date
actually occurs,  (iii) no delinquencies or defaults in the payment of principal
and interest on the Financed  Student  Loans are  experienced,  (iv) no Financed
Student Loan is  repurchased  by the Seller or purchased by the Master  Servicer
for breach of representation  or warranty or otherwise,  (v) interest accrues on
each Financed  Student Loan at the  applicable  rate for such loan (based on the
characteristics  of the Financed Student Loans shown under "The Financed Student
Loan Pool"),  (vi) Special  Allowance  Payments accrue on each Financed  Student
Loan at the  applicable  rate for such loan and are received from the Department
- -- days after the end of the  quarter,  (vii)  interest on  Subsidized  Stafford
Loans  currently not in repayment is received from the Department --- days after
the end of the quarter,  (viii) interest on Unsubsidized Stafford [SLS and PLUS]
Loans currently not in repayment accrues monthly and is capitalized in the month
such loans enter  repayment,  (ix) prepayments on the Financed Student Loans are
received on the last day of each  Collection  Period,  (x) no  Financed  Student
Loans prepay  prior to entering  repayment,  (xi) once  entering  repayment,  no
Financed  Student  Loans enter an  In-school,  Grace,  Deferral  or  Forbearance
status,  (xii) the 91-Day  T-Bill  Rate is ---% and the 52 Week  T-Bill  Rate is
- ---%,  (xiii)  the Class A-1 Note Rate is ---%,  the Class A-2 Note Rate is ---%
and the Certificate Rate is ---%, (xiv) such rates do not change during the life
of the  Securities,  (xv) the Trust Fees are equal to -----,  (xvi) the Financed
Student  Loan pool  consists of -----  groups,  (xvii) the Reserve Fund is fully
funded on the Closing Date and  amortizes,  with a floor equal to the  Specified
Reserve Account Balance, and (xviii) the outstanding Securities are paid in full
on  the  earliest  permitted  Auction  Distribution  Date,  (collectively,   the
"Modeling Assumptions").]

     [The  prepayment  model used in the tables is the "CPR"  model.  This model
represents an assumed annual constant rate of prepayments each  [quarter][month]
relative to the then outstanding  principal  balance of the pool of the Financed
Student Loans for the life of such loans. CPR is not a description of historical
prepayment  experience or a prediction of the rate of prepayment of the Financed
Student Loans.]

              Percentage of Original Principal Balances Outstanding
                           and Weighted Average Lives

                                 Class A-1 Notes
                                 ---------------

      Date              0% CPR         ---% CPR       ---% CPR        ---% CPR
      ----                                                                    
  Closing  Date
   09/25/97
   12/25/97
   03/25/98
   06/25/98
   09/25/98
   12/25/98
   03/25/99
   06/25/99
   09/25/99
   12/25/99
   03/25/00
   06/25/00
   09/25/00
   12/25/00
- -----------....

   Weighted Average Life
          (Years)



                                 Class A-2 Notes
                                 ---------------

      Date              0% CPR         ---% CPR       ---% CPR        ---% CPR
      ----                                                                    
   Closing  Date
   09/25/97
   12/25/97
   03/25/98
   06/25/98
   09/25/98
   12/25/98
   03/25/99
   06/25/99
   09/25/99
   12/25/99
   03/25/00
   06/25/00
   09/25/00
   12/25/00
   -----------....

Weighted Average Life
(Years)


                                  Certificates
                                  ------------

      Date              0% CPR         ---% CPR       ---% CPR        ---% CPR
      ----                                                                    
   Closing  Date
   09/25/97
   12/25/97
   03/25/98
   06/25/98
   09/25/98
   12/25/98
   03/25/99
   06/25/99 
   09/25/99
   12/25/99
   03/25/00
   06/25/00
   09/25/00
   12/25/00
   -----------....

Weighted Average Life
(Years)



                    THE FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOAN PROGRAM

General

     The  Federal  Family  Education  Loan  Program   ("FFELP")   (formerly  the
Guaranteed  Student Loan Program (the "Guaranteed  Student Loan Program")) under
Title IV of the Higher  Education  Act provides for loans to be made to students
or parents of dependent students enrolled in eligible  institutions to finance a
portion of the costs of attending  school.  If a borrower  defaults on a Student
Loan (as described herein), becomes totally or permanently disabled, dies, files
for  bankruptcy  or attends a school that closes prior to the student  earning a
degree,  or if the  applicable  educational  institution  falsely  certifies the
borrower's eligibility for a Student Loan (collectively,  "insurance triggers"),
the holder of the loan (which must be an eligible  lender) may file a claim with
the applicable  Guarantor.  Provided that the loan has been properly  originated
and  serviced,  the  Guarantor  pays the  holder  all or a portion of the unpaid
principal balance on the loans as well as accrued interest.  See"-- Guarantors."
Origination  and  servicing   requirements,   as  well  as  procedures  to  cure
deficiencies, are established by the Department and the Guarantors.

     Under the FFELP,  payment of  principal  and  interest  with respect to the
Student  Loans is  guaranteed  upon  occurrence  of an insurance  trigger by the
applicable  Guarantor and reinsured by the Department.  As described herein, the
Guarantors are entitled,  subject to certain conditions, to be reimbursed by the
Department  for all or a portion of Guarantee  Payments  they make pursuant to a
program of federal  reinsurance under the Act. See "-- Insurance and Reinsurance
of  Guarantors."  In  addition,  the  related  Eligible  Lender  Trustee,  as an
"eligible  lender" and the  "holder"  of the  Financed  Student  Loans under the
Higher  Education  Act on behalf of a Trust,  is  entitled  to receive  from the
Department  certain interest subsidy payments  ("Interest Subsidy Payments") and
special  allowance  payments  ("Special  Allowance  Payments")  with  respect to
certain Student Loans as described herein.

     Guarantors enter into reinsurance agreements with the Secretary pursuant to
which the  Secretary  agrees to reimburse  the Guarantor for all or a portion of
the amount  expended by the Guarantor in discharge of its  guarantee  obligation
with respect to default claims provided the loans have been properly  originated
and serviced.  Except for claims resulting from death,  disability or bankruptcy
of a borrower, in which case the Secretary pays the Guarantor the full amount of
the claim,  the amount of reinsurance  depends on the default  experience of the
Guarantor. See "-- Insurance and Reinsurance of Guarantors."

     In the event of a  shortfall  between the amounts of claims paid to holders
of  defaulted  loans  and  reinsurance  payments  from the  federal  government,
Guarantors  pay the claims from their  reserves.  These  reserves come from four
principal sources: insurance premiums they charge on Student Loans (currently up
to 1% of loan  principal),  administrative  cost  allowances from the Department
(payment of which is  currently  discretionary  on the part of the  Department),
debt  collection  activities  (generally,  the  Guarantor  may retain 27% of its
collections on defaulted  student  loans),  and  investment  income from reserve
funds. Claims which a Guarantor is financially unable to pay will be paid by the
Secretary or  transferred  to a financially  sound  Guarantor,  if the Secretary
makes the necessary determination that the Guarantor is so financially unable to
pay.

     Several types of guaranteed  student loans are currently  authorized  under
the  Act:  (i)  loans  to  students  who  pass  certain   financial  need  tests
("Subsidized  Stafford  Loans");  (ii)  loans  to  students  who do not pass the
Stafford need tests or who need additional  loans to supplement their Subsidized
Stafford  Loans  ("Unsubsidized  Stafford  Loans");  (iii)  loans to  parents of
students  ("PLUS Loans") who are dependents and whose need exceeds the financing
available from Unsubsidized Stafford Loans and/or Subsidized Stafford Loans; and
(iv) loans to consolidate  the borrower's  obligations  under various  federally
authorized  student loan  programs into a single loan  ("Consolidation  Loans").
Prior to July 1, 1994 the Act also permitted loans to graduate and  professional
students   and   independent   undergraduate   students   and,   under   certain
circumstances,  dependent  undergraduate students who needed additional loans to
supplement their Subsidized Stafford Loans  ("Supplemental Loans to Students" or
"SLS Loans").

     The FFELP is subject to  statutory  and  regulatory  revision  from time to
time. The most recent revisions are contained in the Higher Education Amendments
of 1992 (the "1992 Amendments"),  the Omnibus Budget  Reconciliation Act of 1993
(the "1993  Act") and the Higher  Education  Technical  Amendments  of 1993 (the
"Technical  Amendments").  As  part  of the  1992  Amendments  the  name  of the
Guaranteed  Student Loan Program was changed to the FFELP. The 1993 Act contains
significant  changes  to the FFELP  and  creates a direct  loan  program  funded
directly by the U.S.  Department of Treasury  (each loan under such  program,  a
"Federal Direct Student Loan").

     Following  enactment of the 1992 Amendments,  Subsidized Stafford Loans and
Unsubsidized  Stafford Loans, PLUS Loans and Consolidation  Loans are officially
referred to as "Federal Stafford Loans," "Federal  Unsubsidized Stafford Loans,"
"Federal PLUS Loans" and "Federal Consolidation Loans," respectively.

     The description and summaries of the Higher  Education Act, the FFELP,  the
Guarantee Agreements and the other statutes,  regulations and documents referred
to in this Prospectus do not purport to be  comprehensive,  and are qualified in
their  entirety by reference to each such statute,  regulation or document.  The
Higher  Education  Act is  codified  at 20  U.S.C.  sec.  1071 et seq.,  and the
regulations promulgated thereunder can be found at 34 C.F.R. Part 682. There can
be no assurance  that future  amendments or  modifications  will not  materially
change  any of the  terms  or  provisions  of the  programs  described  in  this
Prospectus or of the statutes and regulations  implementing these programs.  See
"Risk Factors -- Changes in Legislation May Adversely  Affect  Financed  Student
Loans and Guarantors."

Legislative and Administrative Matters

     The Higher  Education Act was amended by enactment of the 1992  Amendments,
the general  provisions  of which  became  effective  on July 23, 1992 and which
extend the  principal  provisions  of the FFELP to September 30, 1998 (or in the
case of borrowers  who have  received  loans prior to that date,  September  30,
2002, except that authority to make Consolidation Loans expires on September 30,
1998). The Technical Amendments became effective on December 20, 1993.

     The 1993 Act, effective on August 10, 1993,  implements a number of changes
to the federal guaranteed  student loan programs,  including imposing on lenders
or holders of guaranteed  student  loans  certain fees,  providing for 2% lender
risk sharing,  reducing reimbursement payments to Guarantors,  reducing interest
rates and Special  Allowance  Payments for certain loans,  reducing the interest
payable  to  holders  of  Consolidation  Loans and  affecting  the  Department's
financial  assistance  to  Guarantors,  including by reducing the  percentage of
claims the Department will reimburse  Guarantors and reducing more substantially
the premiums and default  collections  that  Guarantors  are entitled to receive
and/or retain. In addition, such legislation also contemplates replacement of at
least 60% of the federal guaranteed student loan programs with direct lending by
the Department by the 1998-99 Academic Year.

     The transition from the federal guaranteed student loan programs to the new
direct lending program has resulted in increasing  reductions  since 1993 in the
volume of FFELP Loans made under the existing  programs.  Such volume reductions
and other changes effected by the 1993 Act could reduce revenues received by the
Guarantors  that are  available  to pay claims on defaulted  Student  Loans in a
timely manner and have other adverse economic consequences to the Guarantors and
their  ability to pay claims.  Finally,  the level of  competition  currently in
existence in the  secondary  market for loans made under the  existing  programs
could be reduced,  resulting in fewer potential  buyers of the Student Loans and
lower  prices  available  in the  secondary  market  for  those  loans,  and the
liquidity provided by such market may be impaired.

Eligible Lenders, Borrowers and Institutions

     Lenders  eligible  to make  and/or  hold  loans  under the FFELP  generally
include banks,  savings and loan  associations,  credit  unions,  pension funds,
insurance companies and, under certain conditions,  schools and Guarantors.  The
Bank is an  eligible  lender for the purpose of making  Consolidation  Loans and
holding Student Loans made under FFELP.

     A Student  Loan made under FFELP may be made only to  qualified  borrowers.
Generally,  a qualified borrower is an individual or the parent of an individual
who (a) has been  accepted  for  enrollment  or is enrolled  and is  maintaining
satisfactory progress at an eligible institution,  (b) is carrying or will carry
at least one-half of the normal  full-time  academic  workload for the course of
study the student is pursuing, as determined by such institution, (c) has agreed
to notify  promptly  the holder of the loan of any address  change and (d) meets
the application "need"  requirements for the particular loan program.  Each loan
is to be  evidenced  by an  unsecured  promissory  note signed by the  qualified
borrower.

     Eligible   Institutions   are   post-secondary   schools   which  meet  the
requirements set forth in the Higher Education Act. They include institutions of
higher   education,   proprietary   institutions   of   higher   education   and
post-secondary vocational institutions.

Financial Need Analysis

     Student Loans may generally be made in amounts,  subject to certain  limits
and conditions, to cover the student's estimated costs of attendance,  including
tuition  and  fees,  books,  supplies,   room  and  board,   transportation  and
miscellaneous  personal  expenses  (as  determined  by  the  institution).  Each
borrower must undergo a need  analysis,  which requires the borrower to submit a
need  analysis  form to a  multiple  data entry  processor  which  forwards  the
information to the federal central  processor.  The central processor  evaluates
the parents' and student's  financial  condition  under federal  guidelines  and
calculates  the  amount  that the  student  and/or  the  family is  expected  to
contribute towards the student's cost of education (the "family  contribution").
After receiving  information on the family  contribution,  the institution  then
subtracts the family  contribution  from its cost of attendance to determine the
student's eligibility for grants, Subsidized Stafford Loans and work assistance.
The difference between (a) the sum of (i) the amount of grants,  (ii) the amount
earned through work assistance and (iii) the amount of Subsidized Stafford Loans
for which the  borrower is eligible,  and (b) the  student's  estimated  cost of
attendance  (the "Unmet  Need") may be borrowed  through  Unsubsidized  Stafford
Loans.  Parents may finance the family  contribution  amount  through  their own
resources or through PLUS Loans.

Special Allowance Payments

     The Higher Education Act provides for quarterly Special Allowance  Payments
to be made by the Department to holders of Student Loans to the extent necessary
to ensure that such holder receives at least a specified market interest rate of
return on such loans.  The rates for  Special  Allowance  Payments  are based on
formulas  that  differ  according  to the type of  loans,  the date the loan was
originally  made or insured and the type of funds used to finance such a loan. A
Special  Allowance  Payment is made for each of the 3-month periods ending March
31, June 30, September 30, and December 31. The Special Allowance Payment equals
the  average  unpaid  principal  balance  (including  interest  permitted  to be
capitalized)  of all  eligible  loans held by such  holder  during  such  period
multiplied by the special allowance percentage. The special allowance percentage
is  computed by (i)  determining  the  average of the bond  equivalent  rates of
91-day Treasury bills auctioned for such 3-month  period,  (ii)  subtracting the
applicable  borrower interest rate on such loan from such average,  (iii) adding
the applicable  Special  Allowance  Margin (as set forth below) to the resultant
percentage, and (iv) dividing the resultant percentage by 4.


      Date of Disbursement                   Special Allowance Margin
      --------------------                   ------------------------
        Prior to 10/17/86                           3.50%
        10/17/86 - 9/30/92                          3.25%
        10/1/92 - 6/30/95                           3.10%
        7/1/95 - 6/30/98         2.50% (Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford
                                  Loans, in school, grace or Deferral) 3.10%
                               (Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford Loans, in
                                        repayment and all other loans)

     Special  Allowance  Payments are  available on variable rate PLUS Loans and
SLS Loans as  described  below  under "PLUS and SLS Loan  Programs"  only if the
variable rate, which is reset annually based on the 52-week Treasury Bill, would
exceed the applicable maximum rate.

Origination Fees

     The eligible lender charges  borrowers an origination fee on Subsidized and
Unsubsidized  Stafford Loans and PLUS Loans equal to 3% of the principal balance
of each  loan.  The  amount of the  origination  fee may be  deducted  from each
disbursement  pursuant to a loan on a pro rata basis. No origination fee is paid
on Consolidation Loans.

     Lenders must refund all  origination  fees  attributable  to a disbursement
that was returned to the lender by the school or repaid or not delivered  within
120  days  of the  disbursement.  Such  origination  fees  must be  refunded  by
crediting the borrower's loan balance with the applicable lender.

Stafford Loans

     The Higher Education Act provides for (i) federal  insurance or reinsurance
of Subsidized  Stafford Loans made by eligible  lenders to qualified  borrowers,
(ii) Interest Subsidy Payments on certain eligible  Subsidized Stafford Loans to
be paid by the Department to holders of the loans in lieu of the borrower making
interest  payments,   and  (iii)  Special  Allowance  Payments  representing  an
additional subsidy paid by the Department to the holders of eligible  Subsidized
Stafford Loans (collectively referred to herein as "Federal Assistance").

     Subsidized Stafford Loans are loans under the FFELP that may be made, based
on need, only to  post-secondary  students accepted or enrolled in good standing
at an  eligible  institution  who are  carrying  at least  one-half  the  normal
full-time course load at such  institution.  The Higher Education Act limits the
amount a student  can borrow in any  academic  year and the amount he or she can
have  outstanding in the aggregate.  The following  chart sets forth the current
and historic loan limits.

                              MAXIMUM LOAN AMOUNTS
                          Federal Stafford Loan Program
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   All Students (1)  Independent Students (1)
                                                                 ------------------  ----------------------------
                                                                   Base Amount       Additional
                                                                  Subsidized and    Unsubsidized
                                 Subsidized     Subsidized on    Unsubsidized on     only on or          Total
  Borrower's Academic Level      Pre-1/1/87     or after 1/1/87  or after 7/7/93(2)  after 7/1/94(3)    Amount
  -------------------------      ----------     ---------------  ------------------  ---------------    ------
<S>                                 <C>            <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>  
Undergraduate (per year)            $2,500         $2,625            $2,625              $4,000           $6,625
   1st year                         $2,500         $2,625            $3,500              $4,000           $7,500
   2nd year                         $2,500         $4,000            $5,500              $5,000          $10,500
   3rd year and above               $5,000         $7,500            $8,500             $10,000          $18,500
Graduate (per year)                 $5,000         $7,500            $8,500             $10,000          $18,500
Aggregate Limit
   Undergraduate                   $12,500        $17,250           $23,000             $23,000          $46,000
   Graduate (including             $25,000        $54,750           $65,500             $73,000         $138,500
   undergraduate)
</TABLE>

- -------------------------

(1)  The loan limits are  inclusive of both Federal  Stafford  Loans and Federal
     Direct Student Loans.

(2)  These  amounts  represent  the  combined  maximum  loan amount per year for
     Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford Loans. Accordingly, the maximum amount
     that a student  may borrow  under an  Unsubsidized  Loan is the  difference
     between  the  combined  maximum  loan  amount and the  amount  the  student
     received in the form of a Subsidized Loan.

(3)  Independent  undergraduate  students,  graduate  students  or  professional
     students  may borrow  these  additional  amounts.  In  addition,  dependent
     undergraduate  students may also receive these  additional  loan amounts if
     the parents of such students are unable to provide the family  contribution
     amount and it is unlikely  that the  student's  parents  will qualify for a
     Federal PLUS Loan.

     The interest  rate paid by the borrower on a  Subsidized  Stafford  Loan is
dependent on the date the promissory  note  evidencing the loan is signed by the
borrower  except for loans made prior to October 1, 1992,  whose  interest  rate
depends on any outstanding borrowings of that borrower as of such date. The rate
for variable rate Subsidized  Stafford Loans  applicable for any 12-month period
beginning on July 1 and ending on June 30, is determined on the preceding June 1
and is equal to the lesser of (a) the applicable  Maximum Rate or (b) the sum of
(i) the bond  equivalent  rate of 91-day  Treasury bills  auctioned at the final
auction held prior to such June 1 and (ii) the applicable Interest Rate Margin.



                            Subsidized Stafford Loans

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    Date of Disbursement                 Borrower Rate                  Maximum Rate         Interest Rate Margin
    --------------------                 -------------                  ------------         --------------------
    <S>                           <C>                                     <C>                   <C>
    09/13/83 - 06/30/88           8%                                      8%                    N/A
    07/01/88 - 09/30/92           8% for 48 months; thereafter,           8% for 48             3.25%
                                  91-Day Treasury + Interest Rate         months, then
                                  Margin                                  10%
    10/01/92 - 06/30/94           91-Day Treasury + Interest Rate         9%                    3.10%
                                  Margin
    07/01/94 - 06/30/95           91-Day Treasury + Interest Rate         8.25%                 3.10%
                                  Margin
    07/01/95 - 06/30/98           91-Day Treasury + Interest Rate         8.25%                 2.50% (in school,
                                  Margin                                                   grace or Deferral);

                                                                                           3.10% (in repayment)
</TABLE>

     The  Technical  Amendments  provide  that,  for fixed rate loans made on or
after July 23, 1992 and for certain loans made to new borrowers on or after July
1, 1988,  the lender must have converted by January 1, 1995 the interest rate on
such  loans to an annual  interest  rate  adjusted  each July 1 equal to (1) for
certain loans made between July 1, 1988 and July 23, 1992,  the 91-day  Treasury
bill rate at the final auction prior to the preceding  June 1 plus 3.25% and (2)
for loans made on or after July 23, 1992,  the 91-day  Treasury bill rate at the
final auction prior to the preceding  June 1 plus 3.10%,  in each case capped at
the applicable interest rate for such loan existing prior to the conversion. The
variable  interest  rate does not  apply to loans  made  prior to July 23,  1992
during the first 48 months of repayment.

     Holders of  Subsidized  Stafford  Loans are  eligible  to  receive  Special
Allowance  Payments.  The  Department  is  responsible  for paying  interest  on
Subsidized  Stafford Loans while the borrower is a qualified  student,  during a
Grace Period or during certain Deferral Periods.  The Department makes quarterly
Interest  Subsidy  Payments  to the owner of  Subsidized  Stafford  Loans in the
amount  of  interest  accruing  on  the  unpaid  balance  thereof  prior  to the
commencement of repayment or during any Deferral  Periods.  The Higher Education
Act provides  that the owner of an eligible  Subsidized  Stafford  Loan shall be
deemed to have a contractual right against the United States to receive Interest
Subsidy  Payments  and  Special  Allowance   Payments  in  accordance  with  its
provisions.  Receipt of Interest Subsidy Payments and Special Allowance Payments
is conditioned on compliance with the  requirements of the Higher  Education Act
and continued eligibility of such loan for federal reinsurance. Such eligibility
may be lost,  however,  if the  loans  are not held by an  eligible  lender,  in
accordance with the  requirements of the Higher Education Act and the applicable
guarantee  agreements.  See "-- Eligible Lenders,  Borrowers and  Institutions";
"Risk Factors -- Risk of Loss of Guarantor and  Department  Payments for Failure
to Comply with Loan  Origination  and Servicing  Procedures for Student  Loans";
"Formation  of the Trust -- Eligible  Lender  Trustee" and  "Description  of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Servicing Procedures."

     Interest  Subsidy  Payments and Special  Allowance  Payments are  generally
received  within 45 days to 60 days after the end of any given calendar  quarter
(provided that the applicable claim form is properly filed with the Department),
although  there can be no assurance  that such payments will in fact be received
from the  Department  within that period.  See "Risk Factors --  Variability  of
Actual Cash Flows." The Master  Servicer has agreed to prepare and file with the
Department all such claims forms and any other required  documents or filings on
behalf of the Eligible Lender Trustee as owner of the Financed  Student Loans on
behalf of the Trust.  The Master Servicer has also agreed to assist the Eligible
Lender  Trustee in  monitoring,  pursuing and obtaining  such  Interest  Subsidy
Payments and Special Allowance  Payments,  if any, with respect to such Financed
Student  Loans.  Except under  certain  conditions  described  herein,  Interest
Subsidy Payments and Special Allowance Payments will be remitted with respect to
such Financed  Student Loans within two business days of receipt  thereof by the
Master Servicer to the Collection Account.

     Repayment  of  principal  on a Subsidized  or  Unsubsidized  Stafford  Loan
typically does not commence  while a student  remains a qualified  student,  but
generally  begins upon expiration of the applicable  Grace Period,  as described
below.  Any borrower may voluntarily  prepay without premium or penalty any loan
and in connection  therewith may waive any Grace Period or Deferral  Period.  In
general,  each loan must be scheduled  for  repayment  over a period of not more
than ten years after the commencement of repayment.  The Act currently  requires
minimum  annual  payments of $600 including  principal and interest,  unless the
borrower and the lender agree to lesser  payments.  As of July 1, 1995,  lenders
are  required  to  offer  borrowers  a  choice  among  standard,  graduated  and
income-sensitive repayment schedules. These repayment options must be offered to
all new  borrowers  who enter  repayment on or after July 1, 1995. If a borrower
fails  to  elect  a  particular  repayment  schedule  or  fails  to  submit  the
documentation  necessary  for the  option the  borrower  chooses,  the  standard
repayment schedule will be used.

     Repayment of principal on a Subsidized or  Unsubsidized  Stafford Loan must
generally commence following a period of (a) not less than 9 months or more than
12 months (with  respect to loans for which the  applicable  interest rate is 7%
per annum) and (b) not more than 6 months  (with  respect to loans for which the
applicable  interest rate is 9% per annum or 8% per annum and for loans to first
time borrowers on or after July 1, 1988) after the borrower  ceases to pursue at
least a half-time  course of study (a "Grace Period").  However,  during certain
other periods (each, a "Deferral Period") and subject to certain conditions,  no
principal  repayments  need be made,  including  periods  when the  student  has
returned to an eligible  educational  institution  on a full time (or in certain
cases half time) basis or is pursuing studies  pursuant to an approved  graduate
fellowship  program,  or when the  student is a member of the Armed  Forces or a
volunteer  under the Peace Corps Act or the  Domestic  Volunteer  Service Act of
1973, or when the borrower is temporarily or totally disabled, or periods during
which the borrower may defer principal  payments because of temporary  financial
hardship.  For new borrowers to whom loans are first  disbursed on or after July
1, 1993,  payment of  principal  may be deferred  only while the  Borrower is at
least a half-time student or is in an approved graduate fellowship program or is
enrolled in a rehabilitation program, or when the borrower is seeking but unable
to find full-time employment,  or when for any reason the lender determines that
payment of principal will cause the borrower economic  hardship:  in the case of
unemployment or economic  hardship the Deferral is subject to a maximum Deferral
period of three years. The 1992 Amendments also require  forbearance of loans in
certain   circumstances  and  permit  forbearance  of  loans  in  certain  other
circumstances (each such period, a "Forbearance Period").

     The Unsubsidized Stafford Loan program created under the 1992 Amendments is
designed for borrowers who do not qualify for Subsidized  Stafford Loans and for
independent,  graduate and  professional  students whose Unmet Need exceeds what
they  can  borrow  under  the  Subsidized  Stafford  Loan  program.   The  basic
requirements for  Unsubsidized  Stafford Loans are essentially the same as those
for  the  Subsidized  Stafford  Loans,  including  with  respect  to  provisions
governing the interest  rate,  the annual loan limits and the Special  Allowance
Payments. The terms of the Unsubsidized Stafford Loans, however,  differ in some
respects.  Specifically,  the federal  government does not make Interest Subsidy
Payments on Unsubsidized Stafford Loans.

     The borrower must either pay interest on a periodic basis beginning 60 days
after the time the loan is disbursed  or  capitalize  the interest  that accrues
until repayment  begins.  Effective July 1, 1994, the maximum  insurance premium
was set at 1%.  Subject  to the same  loan  limits  established  for  Subsidized
Stafford Loans,  the student may borrow up to the amount of such student's Unmet
Need. Lenders are authorized to make Unsubsidized  Stafford Loans applicable for
periods of enrollment beginning on or after October 1, 1992.

PLUS and SLS Loan Programs

     The Higher  Education Act also  provides for the PLUS  Program.  The Higher
Education Act authorizes PLUS Loans to be made to parents of eligible  dependent
students. The 1993 Act eliminated the SLS Program after July 1, 1994.

     The PLUS program permits parents of dependent  students to borrow an amount
equal to each student's  Unmet Need.  Under the former SLS program,  independent
graduate or professional students and certain dependent  undergraduate  students
were permitted to borrow subject to the same loan limitations.

     The first  payment of principal  and interest is due within 60 days of full
disbursement  of the loan except for  borrowers  eligible  for  Deferral who may
defer  principal and interest  payments  while  eligible for Deferral;  deferred
interest is then  capitalized  periodically or at the end of the Deferral period
under specific arrangements with the borrower.  The maximum repayment term is 10
years. PLUS and SLS loans carry no in-school interest subsidy.

     The interest rate determination for a PLUS or SLS loan is dependent on when
the loan was  originally  made or  disbursed.  Some  PLUS or SLS  loans  carry a
variable rate. The rate varies annually for 12-month periods beginning on July 1
and ending on June 30. The variable rate is  determined on the preceding  June 1
and is equal to the lesser of (a) the applicable  Maximum Rate or (b) the sum of
(i) the bond  equivalent  rate of 52-week  Treasury bills auctioned at the final
auction held prior to such June 1, and (ii) the applicable  Interest Rate Margin
as set forth below.

     A holder of a PLUS or SLS loan is  eligible  to receive  Special  Allowance
Payments  during  any  such  12-month  period  if (a) the  sum of (i)  the  bond
equivalent  rate of 52-week  Treasury bills  auctioned at the final auction held
prior to such June 1 and (ii) the Interest  Rate Margin  exceeds (b) the Maximum
Rate.


                                 PLUS/SLS Loans
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

    Date of Disbursement             Borrower Rate                 Maximum Rate             Interest Rate Margin
    --------------------             -------------                 ------------             --------------------
   <S>                            <C>                                   <C>                          <C>
   Prior to 10/01/81              9%                                    9%                           N/A
   10/01/81 - 10/30/82            14%                                   14%                          N/A
   11/01/82 - 06/30/87            12%                                   12%                          N/A
   07/01/87 - 09/30/92            52-Week    Treasury    +              12%                         3.25%
                                  Interest Rate Margin
   10/01/92 - 06/30/94            52-Week    Treasury    +           PLUS 10%                       3.10%
                                  Interest Rate Margin                SLS 11%
   After 06/30/94                 52-Week    Treasury    +              9%                          3.10%
   (SLS repealed 07/01/94         Interest Rate Margin
</TABLE>



The Consolidation Loan Program

     The Higher Education Act authorizes a program under which certain borrowers
may consolidate their various Student Loans into Consolidation  Loans which will
be insured and reinsured to the same extent as other loans made under the FFELP.
Under this program,  a lender may make a Consolidation Loan only if, among other
things,  (a) such lender holds one of the borrower's  outstanding  Student Loans
that is selected  for  consolidation,  or (b) the  borrower  has  unsuccessfully
sought a  Consolidation  Loan from the holders of the Student Loans selected for
consolidation.

     Consolidation  Loans are made in an amount  sufficient  to pay  outstanding
principal and accrued unpaid interest and late charges on all Student Loans made
under FFELP,  as well as loans made pursuant to various  other  federal  student
loan programs, which were selected by the borrower for consolidation. The unpaid
principal  balance  of a  Consolidation  Loan made  prior to July 1, 1994  bears
interest at a rate not less than 9%. The interest rate on a  Consolidation  Loan
made after July 1, 1994 is equal to the weighted  average of the interest  rates
on the loans  selected for  consolidation,  rounded  upward to the nearest whole
percent.  The holder of a  Consolidation  Loan made on or after  October 1, 1993
must pay the Secretary a monthly  rebate fee calculated on an annual basis equal
to 1.05 percent of the principal plus accrued unpaid interest on any such loan.

     The repayment  term under a  Consolidation  Loan varies  depending upon the
aggregate amount of the loans being  consolidated.  In no case may the repayment
term  exceed  30  years.  A  Consolidated  Loan  is  evidenced  by an  unsecured
promissory  note and entitles  the  borrower to prepay the loan,  in whole or in
part, without penalty.

Guarantors

     The  Higher  Education  Act  authorizes  Guarantors  to  support  education
financing and credit needs of students at post-secondary  schools. Under various
programs  throughout the United States,  Guarantors insure and sometimes service
and hold guaranteed  student loans.  The Guarantors are reinsured by the federal
government for 80% to 100% of claims paid,  depending on their claims experience
for loans  disbursed  prior to October 1, 1993 and for 78% to 98% of claims paid
for  loans  disbursed  on or  after  October  1,  1993.  See "--  Insurance  and
Reinsurance of Guarantors."

     Guarantors  may  collect  a  one-time  insurance  fee  of up  to 1% of  the
principal amount of each loan, other than  Consolidation  Loans, that the agency
guarantees.

     The Higher  Education  Act  requires  every state to designate a Guarantor,
either by establishing its own or by designating another Guarantor.  A Guarantor
who has been  designated by a particular  state is obligated to guarantee  loans
for students who reside or attend school in such state and must agree to provide
loans to any such  students who are  otherwise  unable to obtain a loan from any
other lender.  Guarantors may guarantee a loan made to any eligible borrower and
are not limited to  guaranteeing  loans for students  attending  institutions in
their  particular  state or region or for their residents  attending  schools in
another  state  or  region.  Certain  Guarantors  have  been  designated  as the
Guarantor for more than one state. Some Guarantors  contract with other entities
to administer their Guarantor program.

     Each Student Loan to be sold to the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee on behalf of
the Trust  will be  guaranteed  as to  principal  and  interest  by a  Guarantor
pursuant to a Guarantee Agreement between such Guarantor and the Eligible Lender
Trustee.

Insurance and Reinsurance of Guarantors

     A Student  Loan is  considered  to be in default for purposes of the Higher
Education Act when the borrower fails to make an  installment  payment when due,
or to comply with other terms of the loan,  and if the failure  persists for 180
days in the case of a loan repayable in monthly  installments or for 240 days in
the case of a loan repayable in less frequent installments.

     If the loan is guaranteed by a Guarantor, the eligible lender is reimbursed
by the Guarantor for 100% (98% for loans first  disbursed on or after October 1,
1993) of the unpaid  principal  balance of the loan plus accrued unpaid interest
on any loan defaulted so long as the eligible lender has properly originated and
serviced such loan.  Under certain  circumstances  a loan deemed  ineligible for
reimbursement may be restored to eligibility.

     Under the Higher  Education Act, the  Department  enters into a reinsurance
agreement with each Guarantor, which provides for federal reinsurance of amounts
paid to eligible  lenders by the  Guarantor  with  respect to  defaulted  loans.
Pursuant to such agreements,  the Department agrees to reimburse a Guarantor for
100% of the  amounts  expended in  connection  with a claim  resulting  from the
death,  bankruptcy or total and permanent disability of a borrower, the death of
a student whose parent is the borrower of a PLUS Loan or claims by borrowers who
received  loans on or after  January 1, 1986 and who are unable to complete  the
programs in which they are  enrolled due to school  closure or  borrowers  whose
borrowing  eligibility was falsely certified by the eligible  institution;  such
claims are not included in  calculating a Guarantor's  "claims  experience"  for
federal  reinsurance  purposes,  as set  forth  below.  The  Department  is also
required to repay the unpaid  balance of any loan if  collection is stayed under
the Federal  bankruptcy code and is authorized to acquire the loans of borrowers
who are at high risk of default and who request an alternative  repayment option
from the Department.

     With respect to FFELP loans in default,  the  Department is required to pay
the applicable Guarantor a certain percentage ("Reinsurance Rate") of the amount
such agency paid  pursuant to default  claims filed by the lender on a reinsured
loan. The level of such Reinsurance Rate is subject to specified reductions when
the total  reinsurance  claims paid by the  Department  to a Guarantor  during a
fiscal year equals or exceeds 5% of the aggregate  original  principal amount of
FFELP loans  guaranteed  by such agency that are in repayment on the last day of
the prior  fiscal  year.  Accordingly,  the  amount of the  reinsurance  payment
received by the Guarantor may vary. The  Reinsurance  Rates are set forth in the
following table.


   Guarantor's claims
   ------------------
      experience(1)        Applicable Reinsurance Rate(2)
   ------------------      ------------------------------    
       0% up to 5%         98% (100% for loans disbursed before Oct. 1, 1993)
       5% up to 9%         98% (100% for loans disbursed before Oct. 1, 1993)
       9% and over         78% (100% for loans disbursed before Oct. 1, 1993)

- -------------------------

(1)  The claims experience is not cumulative.  Rather, the claims experience for
     any given Guarantor is determined solely on the basis of claims for any one
     federal fiscal year compared with the original principal amount of loans in
     repayment at the beginning of that year.

(2)  Within  each  fiscal  year,  the  applicable  Reinsurance  Rate  steps down
     incrementally  with respect to claims made only after the claims experience
     thresholds are reached.

     On August 10,  1993  President  Clinton  signed the 1993 Act,  which made a
number of changes, including reducing to 98% the maximum percentage of Guarantee
Payments the  Department  will  reimburse for loans first  disbursed on or after
October 1, 1993,  reducing  substantially  the premiums and default  collections
that  Guarantors are entitled to receive and/or retain and giving the Department
broad  powers over  Guarantors  and their  reserves.  These  powers  include the
authority to require a Guarantor to return all reserve  funds to the  Department
if the  Department  determines  such  action is  necessary  to ensure an orderly
termination  of the  Guarantor,  to serve the best interests of the student loan
programs  or to ensure  the  proper  maintenance  of such  Guarantor's  funds or
assets.  The Department is also now authorized to direct a Guarantor to return a
portion of its reserve funds which the  Department  determines is unnecessary to
pay the program  expenses and contingent  liabilities of the Guarantor and/or to
cease any  activities  involving  the use of the  Guarantor's  reserve  funds or
assets  which  the  Department  determines  is  a  misapplication  or  otherwise
improper. The Department may also terminate a Guarantor's  reinsurance agreement
if the  Department  determines  that such  action is  necessary  to protect  the
federal   fiscal   interest  or  to  ensure  an  orderly   transition   to  full
implementation  of direct  federal  lending.  Certain of these changes  create a
significant  risk that the resources  available to the  Guarantors to meet their
guarantee  obligations  will  be  significantly   reduced.  In  addition,   this
legislation  greatly expands the Federal Direct Student Loan Program volume to a
minimum of approximately  60% of student loan demand in academic year 1998-1999,
which could result in  increasing  reductions  in the volume of loans made under
the FFELP. Such changes could have an adverse effect on the financial  condition
of the Guarantors  and on the ability of a Guarantor to satisfy its  obligations
under its Guarantee  Agreement with respect to the Financed  Student Loans.  See
"Risk Factors -- Changes in Legislation May Adversely  Affect  Financed  Student
Loans and Guarantors".

     In issuing  guarantees  with respect to Student  Loans,  each  Guarantor is
required by the Higher  Education Act to review loan  applications to verify the
completion  of  required  information  and to  make  a  determination  that  the
applicant  has not  borrowed  amounts  in excess of any  applicable  annual  and
aggregate limits imposed by the Higher Education Act.

     The 1992 Amendments  addressed industry concerns regarding the Department's
commitment to providing support in the event of Guarantor failures.  Pursuant to
the 1992 Amendments,  Guarantors are required to maintain specified reserve fund
levels.  Such levels are defined as 0.5% of the total attributable amount of all
outstanding  loans  guaranteed  by the agency for the fiscal  year of the agency
that begins in 1993,  0.7% for the agency's  fiscal year beginning in 1994, 0.9%
for the agency's  fiscal year beginning in 1995 and 1.1% for the agency's fiscal
year  beginning  on or after  January 1,  1996.  If (i) the  Guarantor  fails to
achieve  the  minimum  reserve  level  in any two  consecutive  years,  (ii) the
Guarantor's  federal  reimbursements  are  reduced to 80 percent  (or 78 percent
after  October  1,  1993) or (iii) the  Department  determines  the  Guarantor's
administrative  or financial  condition  jeopardizes  its  continued  ability to
perform its  responsibilities,  the  Department  must  require the  Guarantor to
submit  and  implement  a  management  plan to  address  the  deficiencies.  The
Department may terminate the  Guarantor's  agreements with the Department if the
Guarantor   fails  to  submit  the  required  plan,  or  fails  to  improve  its
administrative  or  financial  condition  substantially,  or if  the  Department
determines the Guarantor is in danger of financial collapse.  In such event, the
Department is authorized to undertake  specified actions to assure the continued
payment of claims,  including  making  advances to Guarantors to cover immediate
cash needs, transfer guarantees to another Guarantor,  or transfer of guarantees
to the Department itself.

     The Higher  Education Act provides  that,  subject to  compliance  with the
Higher  Education Act, the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged
to the payment of federal  reinsurance claims. It further provides that, subject
to compliance  with the Higher  Education  Act,  Guarantors are deemed to have a
contractual right against the United States to receive reinsurance in accordance
with its  provisions.  In  addition,  the 1992  Amendments  provide  that if the
Department  determines  that  a  Guarantor  is  unable  to  meet  its  insurance
obligations,  holders  of loans may  submit  insurance  claims  directly  to the
Department until such time as the obligations are transferred to a new Guarantor
capable of meeting such obligations or until a successor  Guarantor assumes such
obligations. There can be no assurance that the Department would under any given
circumstances  assume  such  obligation  to assure  satisfaction  of a guarantee
obligation by exercising its right to terminate a reimbursement agreement with a
Guarantor or by making a determination that such Guarantor is unable to meet its
guarantee obligations.

                      POOL FACTORS AND TRADING INFORMATION

     Each of the "Class A-1 Note Pool  Factor," the "Class A-2 Note Pool Factor"
and the  "Certificate  Pool Factor"  (each,  a "Pool  Factor") is a  seven-digit
decimal  which  the  Administrator  will  compute  for  each  Distribution  Date
indicating the remaining outstanding principal balance of each class of Notes or
the remaining  Certificate Balance,  respectively,  as of that Distribution Date
(after giving effect to distributions on such Distribution  Date), as a fraction
of the  initial  outstanding  principal  balance  of each  class of Notes or the
initial Certificate Balance, respectively. Each Pool Factor will be 1.0000000 as
of the Closing Date,  and thereafter  will decline to reflect  reductions in the
outstanding principal balance of each class of Notes or the Certificate Balance,
as applicable. A Securityholder's portion of the aggregate outstanding principal
balance of each class of Notes or the Certificate Balance, as applicable, is the
product  of (i)  the  original  denomination  of that  Securityholder's  Note or
Certificate and (ii) the applicable Pool Factor.

     Pursuant to the Indenture and the Trust Agreement, the Securityholders will
receive  quarterly  reports  concerning  the  payments  received on the Financed
Student Loans,  the Pool Balance,  the applicable  Pool Factor and various other
items of information. Securityholders of record during any calendar year will be
furnished  information for tax reporting purposes not later than the latest date
permitted  by  law.  See   "Description   of  the   Securities   --  Reports  to
Securityholders".

                          DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES

     Terms used in this  section  and not  previously  defined  and not  defined
herein are defined under  "Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements
- -- Distributions."

General

     The Notes will be issued  pursuant  to the terms of the  Indenture  and the
Certificates  will be issued  pursuant to the terms of the Trust  Agreement,  in
each case  substantially  in the form filed or  incorporated  by reference as an
exhibit to the  Registration  Statement of which this  Prospectus is a part. The
following summary  describes  certain terms of the Notes, the Certificates,  the
Indenture and the Trust  Agreement.  The summary does not purport to be complete
and is qualified in its  entirety by reference to the  provisions  of the Notes,
the Certificates, the Indenture and the Trust Agreement.

     The Class A-1  Notes,  the Class A-2 Notes and the  Certificates  will each
initially be represented by one or more Notes and Certificates, respectively, in
each  case  registered  in the name of the  nominee  of DTC  (together  with any
successor depository selected by the Administrator,  the "Depository") except as
set forth below.  The Securities will be available for purchase in denominations
of $1,000 and integral  multiples thereof in book-entry form only. The Trust has
been  informed  by DTC that DTC's  nominee  will be Cede.  Accordingly,  Cede is
expected  to be the  holder  of  record  of the  Securities.  Unless  and  until
Definitive  Notes or  Definitive  Certificates  are  issued  under  the  limited
circumstances  described  herein,  no  Noteholder or  Certificateholder  will be
entitled to receive a physical  certificate  representing a Note or Certificate.
All references herein to actions by Noteholders or  Certificateholders  refer to
actions taken by DTC upon instructions from its participating organizations (the
"Participants") and all references herein to distributions, notices, reports and
statements to Noteholders or Certificateholders refer to distributions, notices,
reports and statements to DTC or Cede, as the registered  holder of the Notes or
the  Certificates,  as the case  may be,  for  distribution  to  Noteholders  or
Certificateholders in accordance with DTC's procedures with respect thereto. See
"-- Book-Entry Registration" and "-- Definitive Securities".

The Notes

     Distributions of Interest. Interest will accrue on the principal balance of
the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes at a rate per annum  (calculated  as
provided   below)  equal  to  the  Class  A-1  Rate  and  the  Class  A-2  Rate,
respectively.  Interest  will accrue from and including the Closing Date or from
the most  recent  Distribution  Date on  which  interest  has  been  paid to but
excluding the current  Distribution Date (each an "Interest Period") and will be
payable to the Noteholders on each Distribution Date. Interest accrued as of any
Distribution Date but not paid on such Distribution Date will be due on the next
Distribution  Date  together  with an amount equal to interest on such amount at
the  respective  Note  Interest  Rate.  Interest  payments  on the Notes for any
Distribution  Date will generally be funded from Available  Funds and amounts on
deposit in the Reserve Account remaining after the distribution of the Servicing
Fee for each  Monthly  Servicing  Payment  Date and of the  Trust  Fees for each
Distribution Date. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements --
Distributions" and "--Credit  Enhancement".  If such sources are insufficient to
pay the Noteholders'  Interest  Distribution  Amount for such Distribution Date,
such shortfall will be allocated pro rata to the Class A-1  Noteholders  and the
Class A-2 Noteholders  (based upon the total amount of interest then due on each
class of Notes).

     The "Class A-1 Rate" for each  Interest  Period will be equal to the lesser
of (a) the T-Bill Rate for such Interest  Period  (determined as set forth under
"--  Determination  of the T-Bill Rate") plus ---% and (b) the Student Loan Rate
for such Interest Period.  The "Class A-2 Rate" for each Interest Period will be
equal to the lesser of the T-Bill Rate for such Interest  Period  (determined as
set forth  under "--  Determination  of the T-Bill  Rate") plus ---% and (b) the
Student Loan Rate for such Interest Period. The Class A-1 Rate and the Class A-2
Rate are the "Note Interest Rates."

     The "Student  Loan Rate" for any Interest  Period will equal the product of
(a) the  quotient  obtained by dividing  (i) 365 (or 366 in a leap year) by (ii)
the actual number of days elapsed in such Interest Period and (b) the percentage
equivalent  of a  fraction,  (i) the  numerator  of which  is equal to  Expected
Interest  Collections for the Collection Period relating to such Interest Period
less the Trust Fees payable on the related  Distribution  Date and any Servicing
Fees paid on the two  preceding  monthly  Servicing  Payment  Dates  during  the
related Collection Period and (ii) the denominator of which is the Pool Balance.

     "Expected  Interest  Collections"  means,  with  respect to any  Collection
Period,  the sum of (i) the amount of interest accrued,  net of amounts required
by the  Higher  Education  Act to be paid to the  Department  or to be repaid to
Guarantors  or  borrowers,  with respect to the Financed  Student Loans for such
Collection  Period  (whether or not such  interest is actually  paid),  (ii) all
Interest  Subsidy  Payments and Special  Allowance  Payments  pursuant to claims
submitted by the Eligible Lender Trustee for such Collection  Period (whether or
not actually  received),  net of amounts  required to be paid to the  Department
with respect to the Financed  Student  Loans,  to the extent not included in (i)
above, and (iii) Investment  Earnings for such Collection Period and interest on
amounts to be remitted  by the  Administrator  to the  Collection  Account  with
respect to such Collection Period prior to the related Distribution Date.

     Any   Noteholders'   Interest  Index   Carryover  that  may  exist  on  any
Distribution  Date will be payable to the Noteholders on that  Distribution Date
on a pro rata  basis,  based on the amount of the  Noteholders'  Interest  Index
Carryover  then owing on each class of Notes,  and any  succeeding  Distribution
Dates solely out of the amount of Available  Funds  remaining in the  Collection
Account on any such Distribution Date after  distribution of the Trust Fees, the
Noteholders'  Distribution Amount, the Certificateholders'  Distribution Amount,
the amount,  if any,  necessary  to be  deposited  into the  Reserve  Account to
reinstate the balance  therein to the Specified  Reserve Account Balance and the
aggregate  unpaid  Excess  Servicing  Fee, if any;  provided that (except on the
final  Distribution Date upon termination of the Trust) no amounts on deposit in
the Reserve  Account  (other  than  amounts in excess of the  Specified  Reserve
Account Balance) will be available to pay any such  Noteholders'  Interest Index
Carryover.

     Distributions  of  Principal.  Principal  payments  will  be  made  to  the
Noteholders  on each  Distribution  Date in an  amount  generally  equal  to the
Principal  Distribution  Amount for such Distribution  Date, until the principal
balance of the Notes is reduced to zero.  Principal  payments  on the Notes will
generally be derived from Available Funds  remaining  after the  distribution of
the  Trust  Fees,  the  Noteholders'   Interest   Distribution  Amount  and  the
Certificateholders' Interest Distribution Amount. [In addition, in the event the
Financed  Student Loans are not sold pursuant to the auction  process  described
under  "Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Termination" on
or after the Auction  Distribution  Date on which the Pool Balance if the amount
on deposit in the Reserve Account is greater than the Specified  Reserve Account
Balance,  such excess will  generally be released  from the Reserve  Account and
distributed  to  Noteholders  as  an  accelerated  payment  of  principal.   See
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Distributions" and "--
Credit  Enhancement".]  If such sources are insufficient to pay the Noteholders'
Principal Distribution Amount for such Distribution Date, such shortfall will be
added to the principal  payable to the  Noteholders  on subsequent  Distribution
Dates.  Amounts on deposit in the Reserve  Account will not be available to make
principal  payments on the Notes except at maturity or on the final Distribution
Date upon termination of the Trust.

     Principal  payments on the Notes will be applied on each Distribution Date,
first,  to the  principal  balance of the Class A-1 Notes  until such  principal
balance is reduced  to zero and then to the  principal  balance of the Class A-2
Notes until such principal balance is reduced to zero[;  provided that following
the occurrence of an Event of Default and the exercise by the Indenture Trustee,
acting at the direction of the  Noteholders,  of remedies  under the  Indenture,
principal  payments on the Notes will be made pro rata,  without  preference  or
priority].  See " -- The  Indenture  -- Events of Default;  Rights Upon Event of
Default." The aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes will
be payable in full on the  ----------  200--  Distribution  Date (the "Class A-1
Final Maturity  Date") and of the Class A-2 Notes will be payable in full on the
- ----------  20---  Distribution  Date (the  "Class  A-2 Final  Maturity  Date").
Although the maturity of certain of the Financed Student Loans may extend beyond
such  maturity  dates,  the  actual  date on  which  the  aggregate  outstanding
principal  and  accrued  interest  of the Class A-1 Notes or Class A-2 Notes are
paid may be earlier  than the Class A-1 Final  Maturity  Date or Class A-2 Final
Maturity  Date,  respectively,  based on a variety of factors,  including  those
described  above under "Risk Factors --  Prepayment,  Maturity and Yield Risks",
"Risk Factors -- Prepayment Risks Differ Between the Notes and the Certificates"
and "The Financed Student Loan Pool -- Maturity and Prepayment Assumptions".

The Certificates

     Distributions   of  Interest.   Certificateholders   will  be  entitled  to
distributions  in an amount equal to the amount of interest that would accrue on
the Certificate Balance at a rate per annum (calculated as provided below) equal
to the  Certificate  Rate.  Interest will accrue during each Interest Period and
will be payable to the  Certificateholders  on each Distribution Date.  Interest
distributions  due  for  any  Distribution  Date  but  not  distributed  on such
Distribution  Date will be due on the next  Distribution  Date  increased  by an
amount  equal to  interest  on such  amount at the  Certificate  Rate.  Interest
distributions  with respect to the Certificates for such  Distribution Date will
generally be funded from the portion of the  Available  Funds and the amounts on
deposit in the Reserve  Account  remaining  after the  distribution of the Trust
Fees and the Noteholders'  Interest  Distribution  Amount for such  Distribution
Date.   See   "Description   of  the  Transfer  and   Servicing   Agreements  --
Distributions" and "-- Credit Enhancement -- Reserve Account".

     The "Certificate Rate" for each Interest Period will be equal to the lesser
of (a) the T-Bill Rate for such Interest  Period  (determined as set forth under
"--  Determination  of the T-Bill  Rates")  plus -----% and (b) the Student Loan
Rate for such Interest Period.

     Any  Certificateholders'  Interest  Index  Carryover  that may exist on any
Distribution Date will be payable to the Certificateholders on that Distribution
Date and any succeeding Distribution Dates solely out of the amount of Available
Funds remaining in the Collection  Account on any such  Distribution  Date after
distribution  of the Trust  Fees,  the  Noteholders'  Distribution  Amount,  the
Certificateholders'  Distribution  Amount,  the amount, if any,  necessary to be
deposited  into the Reserve  Account to  reinstate  the  balance  therein to the
Specified Reserve Account Balance, the aggregate unpaid Excess Servicing Fee, if
any, and any Noteholders' Interest Index Carryover; provided that (except on the
final Distribution Date upon termination of the Trust) amounts on deposit in the
Reserve  Account (other than amounts in excess of the Specified  Reserve Account
Balance)  will not be  available  to pay any such  Certificateholders'  Interest
Index Carryover.

     Distributions  of  Principal.   Certificateholders   will  be  entitled  to
distributions on each Distribution Date on and after which the Notes are paid in
full  in  an  amount  generally  equal  to  the  Certificateholders'   Principal
Distribution  Amount for such Distribution  Date.  Distributions with respect to
principal payments on the Certificates for such Distribution Date will generally
be funded from the portion of Available Funds  remaining  after  distribution of
the Trust Fees, any Noteholders' Distribution Amount and the Certificateholders'
Interest Distribution Amount for such Distribution Date. See "Description of the
Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Distributions"  and "-- Credit Enhancement
- -- Reserve Account".  [In addition,  in the event the Financed Student Loans are
not sold pursuant to the auction  process  described  under  "Description of the
Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements  --  Termination"  on or after the  Auction
Distribution  Date,  if the amount on deposit in the Reserve  Account is greater
than the  Specified  Reserve  Account  Balance,  such excess will  generally  be
released and paid to the Certificateholders as accelerated principal payments as
described under "Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Credit
Enhancement  -- Reserve  Account",  subject to the prior  payment in full of the
Notes.]  Amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account will not be available to make
payments on the Certificate  Balance except on the final  Distribution Date upon
termination of the Trust.

     The outstanding  principal  amount of the  Certificates  will be payable in
full on the ----------- 20---  Distribution Date (the "Certificate Final Payment
Date"). The actual date on which the aggregate outstanding principal and accrued
interest of the  Certificates  will be paid may be earlier than the  Certificate
Final  Payment Date,  however,  based on a variety of factors,  including  those
described  above under "Risk Factors --  Prepayment,  Maturity and Yield Risks",
"Risk Factors -- Prepayment Risks Differ Between the Notes and the Certificates"
and "The Financed Student Loan Pool -- Maturity and Prepayment Assumptions".

     Subordination of the Certificates.  On any Distribution Date  distributions
in respect of interest on the  Certificates  will be subordinated to the payment
of interest on the Notes and distributions in respect of the Certificate Balance
will be  subordinated  to the payment of  interest on the Notes  (other than any
Noteholders' Interest Index Carryover) and principal of the Notes. Consequently,
on any Distribution Date,  Available Funds and amounts on deposit in the Reserve
Account remaining after payment of the Trust Fees will be applied to the payment
of the Noteholders'  Interest Distribution Amount (but not to the payment of any
Noteholders'  Interest Index Carryover) for such  Distribution Date prior to any
distribution  thereof  to  Certificateholders.  Moreover,  no  distributions  in
respect of principal  of the  Certificates  will be made until the  Distribution
Date on or after  which the Notes  have been paid in full.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing, if on any Distribution Date following all distributions to be made on
such Distribution Date the outstanding principal amount of the Notes would be in
excess of the sum of the outstanding  principal  balance of the Financed Student
Loans and any accrued but unpaid  interest on the Financed  Student  Loans as of
the last day of the  related  Collection  Period plus the balance of the Reserve
Account  on  such  Distribution  Date  following  such  distributions,  or if an
Insolvency  Event with  respect  to the Seller or an Event of Default  under the
Indenture has occurred and is  continuing,  amounts on deposit in the Collection
Account and the Reserve Account will be applied on such Distribution Date to the
payment of the Noteholders'  Distribution  Amount before any amounts are applied
to the payment of the  Certificateholders'  Distribution Amount. In addition, on
any  Distribution  Date,  Available  Funds  remaining after payment of the Trust
Fees, the Noteholders' Distribution Amount, the Certificateholders' Distribution
Amount,  the amount, if any,  necessary to be deposited into the Reserve Account
to reinstate the balance  therein to the Specified  Reserve  Account Balance and
the aggregate  unpaid Excess Servicing Fee, if any, for such  Distribution  Date
will be applied to the  payment of the  Noteholders'  Interest  Index  Carryover
prior  to  any  distribution   thereof  to   Certificateholders   to  cover  the
Certificateholders'    Interest   Index   Carryover.    Any   portion   of   the
Certificateholders'   Interest   Distribution   Amount  not   received  on  such
Distribution  Date in connection  with such  subordination  will be treated as a
Certificateholders'  Interest  Shortfall to be paid on  succeeding  Distribution
Dates.

Determination of the T-Bill Rate

     "T-Bill Rate" means,  on any day, the weighted  average per annum  discount
rate  (expressed  on a bond  equivalent  basis and applied on a daily basis) for
91-day Treasury bills sold at the most recent 91-day Treasury bill auction prior
to such date, as reported by the U.S.  Department of the Treasury.  In the event
that the results of the auctions of 91-day  Treasury  bills cease to be reported
as provided  above,  or that no such auction is held in a particular  week, then
the  T-Bill  Rate in effect as a result of the last such  publication  or report
will  remain in effect  until such time,  if any,  as the results of auctions of
91-day Treasury bills shall again be reported or such an auction is held, as the
case may be. The T-Bill Rate will be subject to a Lock-In Period of six business
days.

     "Lock-In Period" means the period of days preceding any  Distribution  Date
during which the Note Rate or Certificate Rate, as applicable,  in effect on the
first day of such  period will  remain in effect  until the end of the  Interest
Period related to such Distribution Date.

     Accrued  interest on either class of Notes from and  including  the Closing
Date or the preceding  Distribution  Date, as  applicable,  to but excluding the
current  Distribution  Date is calculated by multiplying the principal amount of
such Notes by an "accrued  interest factor." This factor is calculated by adding
the  interest  rates  applicable  to each day on which  each  such Note has been
outstanding  since the  Closing  Date or the  preceding  Distribution  Date,  as
applicable,  and  dividing  the  sum by 365 (or by 366 in the  case  of  accrued
interest  which is payable on a  Distribution  Date in a leap year) and rounding
the resulting number to nine decimal places.

     The following table sets forth the accrued interest factors that would have
been applicable to any Note bearing interest at the indicated rates,  assuming a
365-day year:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Assumed Interest
                                                                     ----------------
                                           Days               Rate On             Interest
                  Settlement Date       Outstanding          The Notes             Factor
                  ---------------       -----------          ---------            -------
     <S>                                     <C>              <C>                <C>
     1st ...............................     0                5.00000%           0.000000000
     2nd ...............................     1                5.00000            0.000136986
     3rd ...............................     2                5.00000            0.000273973
     4th ...............................     3                5.00000            0.000410959
     5th*...............................     4                5.15000            0.000547945
     6th ...............................     5                5.15000            0.000689041
     7th ...............................     6                5.15000            0.000830137
     8th ...............................     7                5.15000            0.000971233
     9th ...............................     8                5.15000            0.001112329
     10th...............................     9                5.15000            0.001253425
</TABLE>

  ---------------
*    First  interest  rate  adjustment  (91-day  Treasury  bills  are  generally
     auctioned weekly).

     The numbers in this table are examples given for information  purposes only
and are in no way a prediction of interest  rates on any Notes. A similar factor
calculated in the same manner is applicable to the return on the Certificates.

     [The  Administrator  intends to make  information  concerning  the  current
91-day  Treasury Bill Rate and the accrued  interest  factor  available  through
Bloomberg  L.P., but such  information  may not become  available  until several
months after the Closing Date.]

The Indenture

     Modification of Indenture. With the consent of the holders of a majority of
the  outstanding  Notes,  the  Indenture  Trustee  and the Trust  may  execute a
supplemental  indenture  to add  provisions  to,  or  change  in any  manner  or
eliminate  any  provisions  of, the Indenture  with respect to the Notes,  or to
modify (except as provided below) in any manner the rights of the Noteholders.

     Without  the  consent  of the  holder  of each  outstanding  Note  affected
thereby,  however, no supplemental indenture will (i) change the due date of any
installment  of  principal  of or interest  on any Note or reduce the  principal
amount thereof, the interest rate specified thereon or the redemption price with
respect  thereto or change any place of payment where or the coin or currency in
which any Note or any  interest  thereon is  payable,  (ii)  impair the right to
institute  suit for the  enforcement  of  certain  provisions  of the  Indenture
regarding  payment,  (iii) reduce the percentage of the aggregate  amount of the
outstanding  Notes the consent of the holders of which is required  for any such
supplemental  indenture  or the consent of the holders of which is required  for
any waiver of compliance with certain  provisions of the Indenture or of certain
defaults  thereunder  and their  consequences  as provided for in the Indenture,
(iv) modify or alter the  provisions  of the  Indenture  regarding the voting of
Notes held by the  Trust,  the  Seller,  an  affiliate  of either of them or any
obligor on the Notes,  (v) reduce the  percentage of the  aggregate  outstanding
amount of the Notes the  consent of the  holders of which is  required to direct
the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee on behalf of the Trust to sell or  liquidate  the
Financed Student Loans if the proceeds of such sale would be insufficient to pay
the principal  amount and accrued but unpaid interest on the outstanding  Notes,
(vi)  decrease the  percentage of the  aggregate  principal  amount of the Notes
required to amend the sections of the  Indenture  which  specify the  applicable
percentage  of aggregate  principal  amount of the Notes  necessary to amend the
Indenture or certain  other  related  agreements or (vii) permit the creation of
any lien  ranking  prior to or on a parity with the lien of the  Indenture  with
respect to any of the collateral for the Notes or, except as otherwise permitted
or  contemplated  in the  Indenture,  terminate the lien of the Indenture on any
such  collateral  or deprive the holder of any Note of the security  afforded by
the lien of the Indenture.

     The  Trust and the  Indenture  Trustee  may also  enter  into  supplemental
indentures,  without  obtaining the consent of  Noteholders,  for the purpose of
adding any  provisions  to or changing in any manner or  eliminating  any of the
provisions  of the  Indenture  or of  modifying  in any  manner  the  rights  of
Noteholders  so long  as  such  action  will  not,  in the  opinion  of  counsel
satisfactory  to the Indenture  Trustee,  materially  and  adversely  affect the
interest of any Noteholder.

     Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default. An "Event of Default" with
respect to the Notes is defined in the  Indenture as consisting of the following
(except as  described  in the  remaining  sentences  of this  paragraph):  (i) a
default for five days or more in the  payment of any  interest on any Note after
the same becomes due and payable; (ii) a default in the payment of the principal
of or any installment of the principal of any Note when the same becomes due and
payable;  (iii) a default in the  observance or  performance  of any covenant or
agreement of the Trust made in the  Indenture and the  continuation  of any such
default for a period of thirty days after  notice  thereof is given to the Trust
by the  Indenture  Trustee  or to the Trust  and the  Indenture  Trustee  by the
holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding;  (iv)
any  representation  or warranty  made by the Trust in the  Indenture  or in any
certificate  delivered  pursuant thereto or in connection  therewith having been
incorrect in a material  respect as of the time made, and such breach not having
been cured within thirty days after notice  thereof is given to the Trust by the
Indenture Trustee or to the Trust and the Indenture Trustee by the holders of at
least 25% in  principal  amount of the Notes  then  outstanding  or (v)  certain
events of  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  receivership  or  liquidation of the Trust.
However, the amount of principal required to be distributed to Noteholders under
the  Indenture  on any  Distribution  Date is limited to the amount of Available
Funds and  amounts  on  deposit  in the  Reserve  Account  after  payment of the
Servicing Fee, the Administration Fee and the Noteholders' Interest Distribution
Amount.  Any such shortfalls on any Distribution  Date will be carried over as a
Noteholders'  Principal  Shortfall to be paid on succeeding  Distribution Dates.
Therefore, the failure to pay principal on the Class A-1 Notes may not result in
the  occurrence of an Event of Default  until the Class A-1 Final  Maturity Date
and the  failure to pay  principal  on the Class A-2 Notes may not result in the
occurrence  of an Event of Default until the Class A-2 Final  Maturity  Date. In
addition, the failure to pay the aggregate amount of Noteholders' Interest Index
Carryover  as a result of  insufficient  Available  Funds will not result in the
occurrence of an Event of Default.

     If an Event of Default  should occur and be continuing  with respect to the
Notes, the Indenture Trustee or holders of a majority in principal amount of the
Notes then  outstanding may declare the principal of the Notes to be immediately
due and payable.  Such declaration may be rescinded by the holders of a majority
in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding at any time prior to the entry
of  judgment  for the  payment  of such  amount if (i) the Trust has paid to the
Indenture  Trustee a sum equal to all amounts then due with respect to the Notes
(without  giving  effect to such  acceleration)  and (ii) all  Events of Default
(other than  nonpayment of amounts due solely as a result of such  acceleration)
have been cured or waived.

     If the Notes have been declared to be due and payable following an Event of
Default with respect  thereto,  the  Indenture  Trustee may, in its  discretion,
either require the Eligible  Lender Trustee to sell the Financed  Student Loans,
or elect to have the Eligible Lender Trustee maintain possession of the Financed
Student  Loans and continue to apply  collections  with respect to such Financed
Student Loans as if there had been no declaration of acceleration.  In addition,
the Indenture  Trustee is prohibited  from directing the Eligible Lender Trustee
to sell the Financed  Student Loans following an Event of Default,  other than a
default in the  payment of any  principal  or a default for five days or more in
the  payment  of any  interest  on any  Note,  unless  (i)  the  holders  of all
outstanding  Notes  consent to such  sale,  (ii) the  proceeds  of such sale are
sufficient  to pay in full the  principal  of and the  accrued  interest  on the
outstanding  Notes  at the  date of such  sale or (iii)  the  Indenture  Trustee
determines  that the  collections  on the  Financed  Student  Loans would not be
sufficient  on an  ongoing  basis  to make  all  payments  on the  Notes as such
payments would have become due if such obligations had not been declared due and
payable, and the Indenture Trustee obtains the consent of the holders of 66 2/3%
of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. If the proceeds
of any such sale are insufficient to pay the then  outstanding  principal amount
of the Notes and any accrued interest, such proceeds shall be distributed to the
Holders of Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2 Notes on a pro rata basis, based on the
amount then owing on each class of Notes.

     Subject to the  provisions of the  Indenture  relating to the duties of the
Indenture  Trustee,  if an Event of Default should occur and be continuing  with
respect to the Notes,  the  Indenture  Trustee  will be under no  obligation  to
exercise  any of the  rights or powers  under the  Indenture  at the  request or
direction of any of the holders of Notes,  if the Indenture  Trustee  reasonably
believes it will not be adequately  indemnified against the costs,  expenses and
liabilities  which  might be  incurred  by it in  complying  with such  request.
Subject to such provisions for indemnification and certain limitations contained
in  the  Indenture,  the  holders  of a  majority  in  principal  amount  of the
outstanding  Notes will have the right to direct  the time,  method and place of
conducting any proceeding or any remedy  available to the Indenture  Trustee and
the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may,
in certain cases,  waive any default with respect  thereto,  except a default in
the  payment of  principal  or interest or a default in respect of a covenant or
provision of the Indenture that cannot be modified without the waiver or consent
of all the holders of the outstanding Notes.

     No holder of any Note will have the right to institute any proceeding  with
respect to the  Indenture,  unless (i) such holder  previously  has given to the
Indenture  Trustee  written  notice of a continuing  Event of Default,  (ii) the
holders of not less than 25% in principal  amount of the outstanding  Notes have
requested in writing that the Indenture Trustee institute such proceeding in its
own name as  Indenture  Trustee,  (iii) such holder or holders  have offered the
Indenture Trustee  reasonable  indemnity,  (iv) the Indenture Trustee has for 60
days failed to institute such proceeding and (v) no direction  inconsistent with
such written request has been given to the Indenture  Trustee during such 60-day
period by the  holders  of a majority  in  principal  amount of the  outstanding
Notes.

     In addition,  the Indenture  Trustee and the Noteholders will covenant that
they  will  not  at  any  time  institute  against  the  Trust  any  bankruptcy,
reorganization  or other  proceeding  under any Federal or state  bankruptcy  or
similar law.

     None of the Indenture Trustee,  the Seller,  the Administrator,  the Master
Servicer or the Eligible  Lender  Trustee in its  individual  capacity,  nor any
holder of a Certificate representing an ownership interest in the Trust, nor any
of  their  respective  owners,   beneficiaries,   agents,  officers,  directors,
employees, successors or assigns will, in the absence of an express agreement to
the  contrary,  be  personally  liable for the  payment of the  principal  of or
interest  on the  Notes or for the  agreements  of the  Trust  contained  in the
Indenture.

     Certain  Covenants.  The Trust may not  consolidate  with or merge into any
other entity, unless (i) the entity formed by or surviving such consolidation or
merger  is  organized  under  the laws of the  United  States,  any state or the
District of Columbia,  (ii) such entity expressly assumes the Trust's obligation
to make  due and  punctual  payments  upon  the  Notes  and the  performance  or
observance  of every  agreement  and covenant of the Trust under the  Indenture,
(iii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing  immediately after such
merger or consolidation,  (iv) the Trust has been advised that the rating of the
Notes and the  Certificates  would not be  reduced  or  withdrawn  by the Rating
Agencies  as a result  of such  merger  or  consolidation  and (v) the Trust has
received an opinion of counsel to the effect that such  consolidation  or merger
would have no material adverse federal [or ----------  state] tax consequence to
the Trust or to any Certificateholder or Noteholder.

     The Trust will not, among other things,  (i) except as expressly  permitted
by the  Indenture,  the Transfer and  Servicing  Agreements  or certain  related
documents (collectively,  the "Related Documents"),  sell, transfer, exchange or
otherwise dispose of any of the assets of the Trust, (ii) claim any credit on or
make any deduction  from the  principal  and interest  payable in respect of the
Notes (other than amounts  withheld  under the Code or applicable  state law) or
assert any claim  against any present or former  holder of Notes  because of the
payment of taxes levied or assessed upon the Trust, (iii) except as contemplated
by the Related Documents, dissolve or liquidate in whole or in part, (iv) permit
the  validity or  effectiveness  of the  Indenture  to be impaired or permit any
person to be released  from any  covenants  or  obligations  with respect to the
Notes under the Indenture  except as may be expressly  permitted  thereby or (v)
permit any lien, charge,  excise,  claim,  security interest,  mortgage or other
encumbrance to be created on or extend to or otherwise  arise upon or burden the
assets of the Trust or any part thereof, or any interest therein or the proceeds
thereof, except as expressly permitted by the Related Documents.

     The Trust may not engage in any activity other than financing,  purchasing,
owning,  selling and managing the Financed Student Loans and the other assets of
the Trust in the manner  contemplated  by the Related  Documents and  activities
incidental thereto.

     The Trust will not incur,  assume or guarantee any indebtedness  other than
indebtedness  incurred  pursuant to the Notes and the  Indenture or otherwise in
accordance with the Related Documents.

     Annual  Compliance  Statement.  The Trust will be required to file annually
with the  Indenture  Trustee a written  statement as to the  fulfillment  of its
obligations under the Indenture.

     Indenture  Trustee's Annual Report.  The Indenture Trustee will be required
to mail each year to all  Noteholders  a brief  report  relating to, among other
things,  its eligibility and  qualification to continue as the Indenture Trustee
under the Indenture, any amounts advanced by it under the Indenture, the amount,
interest  rate and maturity date of certain  indebtedness  owing by the Trust to
the  Indenture  Trustee  in its  individual  capacity,  the  property  and funds
physically held by the Indenture Trustee as such and any action taken by it that
materially affects the Notes and that has not been previously reported.

     Satisfaction  and Discharge of Indenture.  The Indenture will be discharged
with  respect to the  collateral  securing  the Notes upon the  delivery  to the
Indenture   Trustee  for   cancellation  of  all  the  Notes  or,  with  certain
limitations, upon deposit with the Indenture Trustee of funds sufficient for the
payment in full of all the Notes.

     The Indenture Trustee.  --------------------,  a  ----------------  banking
corporation,  will be the  Indenture  Trustee under the  Indenture.  [The Seller
maintains normal commercial banking relations with the Indenture Trustee.]

     Fees. In  consideration  for its performance of its  obligations  under the
Indenture,  the  Indenture  Trustee  will be entitled to receive a fee of -----,
payable by the Trust on each Distribution Date.

Book-Entry Registration

     Persons  acquiring  beneficial  ownership  interests  in the Notes may hold
their  interests  through The  Depository  Trust  Company  ("DTC") in the United
States  or Cedel  or  Euroclear  in  Europe  and  persons  acquiring  beneficial
ownership  interests in the Certificates  may hold their interests  through DTC.
Securities  will be registered in the name of Cede & Co. ("Cede") as nominee for
DTC. Cedel and Euroclear  will hold omnibus  positions with respect to the Notes
on behalf of Cedel  Participants and the Euroclear  Participants,  respectively,
through  customers'  securities  accounts in Cedel's and Euroclear's name on the
books of their respective depositaries (collectively,  the "Depositaries") which
in turn  will hold such  positions  in  customers'  securities  accounts  in the
Depositaries' names on the books of DTC.

     DTC is a limited  purpose  trust  company  organized  under the laws of the
State  of New  York,  a  member  of the  Federal  Reserve  System,  a  "clearing
corporation"  within  the  meaning of the New York UCC and a  "clearing  agency"
registered  pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold
securities  for  its  participating   organizations   ("Participants")   and  to
facilitate  the clearance and  settlement  of  securities  transactions  between
Participants through electronic  book-entries,  thereby eliminating the need for
physical movement of certificates.  Participants  include securities brokers and
dealers,  banks, trust companies and clearing  corporations.  Indirect access to
the DTC system also is available to others such as banks,  brokers,  dealers and
trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial  relationship  with a
Participant, either directly or indirectly ("Indirect Participants").

     Securityholders  that are not  Participants  or Indirect  Participants  but
desire to purchase,  sell or otherwise transfer ownership of, or other interests
in, Securities may do so only through Participants and Indirect Participants. In
addition,  Securityholders  will  receive all  distributions  of  principal  and
interest  from  the  Indenture  Trustee  or  the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee,  as
applicable  (the  "Applicable  Trustee"),   through  Participants  and  Indirect
Participants.  Under a book-entry  format,  Securityholders  may experience some
delay in their receipt of payments, since such payments will be forwarded by the
Applicable  Trustee to Cede,  as nominee for DTC. DTC will forward such payments
to its Participants, which thereafter will forward them to Indirect Participants
or   Securityholders.   It  is  anticipated  that  the  only   "Securityholder",
"Certificateholder"   and  "Noteholder"  will  be  Cede,  as  nominee  for  DTC.
Securityholders  will not be recognized by the Applicable Trustee as Noteholders
or  Certificateholders'  as such terms are used in the  Indenture  and the Trust
Agreement, respectively, and Securityholders will be permitted to exercise their
rights only indirectly through DTC and its Participants.

     Transfers  between  DTC  Participants  will  occur in the  ordinary  way in
accordance with DTC Rules.  Transfers  between Cedel  Participants and Euroclear
Participants  will occur in the ordinary way in accordance with their applicable
rules and operating procedures.

     Because of time-zone  differences,  credits of securities received in Cedel
or Euroclear as a result of a transaction  with a DTC  Participant  will be made
during subsequent  securities  settlement  processing and dated the business day
following the DTC  settlement  date.  Such credits or any  transactions  in such
securities  settled  during such  processing  will be  reported to the  relevant
Euroclear or Cedel  Participants on such business day. Cash received in Cedel or
Euroclear as a result of sales of securities  by or through a Cedel  Participant
or a Euroclear  Participant to a DTC Participant  will be received with value on
the DTC settlement date but will be available in the relevant Cedel or Euroclear
cash account only as of the business day following settlement in DTC.

     Cross-market transfers between persons holding Notes directly or indirectly
through  DTC,  on the  one  hand,  and  directly  or  indirectly  through  Cedel
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance  with DTC  Rules on  behalf of the  relevant  European  international
clearing system by its Depositary;  however, such cross-market transactions will
require delivery of instructions to the relevant European international clearing
system  by the  counterparty  in such  system in  accordance  with its rules and
procedures and within its established  deadlines  (European  time). The relevant
European  international  clearing  system  will,  if the  transaction  meets its
settlement  requirements,  deliver instructions to its Depositary to take action
to effect final  settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving  securities
in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for
same-day funds  settlement  applicable to DTC. Cedel  Participants and Euroclear
Participants may not deliver instructions directly to the Depositaries.

     Under the rules,  regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC and
its operations (the "Rules"),  DTC is required to make  book-entry  transfers of
Securities  among  Participants  on whose  behalf  it acts with  respect  to the
Securities  and to receive  and  transmit  distributions  of  principal  of, and
interest on, the Securities.  Participants and Indirect  Participants with which
Securityholders  have  accounts  with respect to the  Securities  similarly  are
required to make book-entry  transfers and receive and transmit such payments on
behalf   of   their   respective    Securityholders.    Accordingly,    although
Securityholders  will not possess  Securities,  the Rules provide a mechanism by
which  Participants  will receive  payments  and will be able to transfer  their
interests.

     Because  DTC can only act on  behalf  of  Participants,  who in turn act on
behalf  of  Indirect   Participants   and  certain  banks,   the  ability  of  a
Securityholder  to  pledge  Securities  to  persons  or  entities  that  do  not
participate  in the  DTC  system,  or to  otherwise  act  with  respect  to such
Securities,  may be limited due to the lack of a physical  certificate  for such
Securities.

     Cedel Bank,  societe anonyme  ("Cedel") is  incorporated  under the laws of
Luxembourg  as  a  professional  depository.  Cedel  holds  securities  for  its
participating organizations ("Cedel Participants") and facilitates the clearance
and settlement of securities  transactions  between Cedel  Participants  through
electronic  book-entry  changes  in  accounts  of  Cedel  Participants,  thereby
eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates.  Transactions may be
settled in Cedel in any of 32 currencies, including United States dollars. Cedel
provides  to  its  Cedel   Participants,   among  other  things,   services  for
safekeeping,  administration, clearance and settlement of internationally traded
securities and securities lending and borrowing.  Cedel interfaces with domestic
markets in several countries. As a professional depository,  Cedel is subject to
regulation  by  the  Luxembourg  Monetary  Institute.   Cedel  Participants  are
recognized  financial  institutions  around  the world  including  underwriters,
securities brokers and dealers,  banks, trust companies,  clearing  corporations
and certain  other  organizations  and may include any  underwriters,  agents or
dealers with respect to the Notes offered  hereby.  Indirect  access to Cedel is
also available to others,  such as banks,  brokers,  dealers and trust companies
that  clear  through  or  maintain  a  custodial   relationship   with  a  Cedel
Participant, either directly or indirectly.

     The  Euroclear   System  was  created  in  1968  to  hold   securities  for
participants of the Euroclear System ("Euroclear Participants") and to clear and
settle  transactions   between  Euroclear   Participants   through  simultaneous
electronic book-entry delivery against payment, thereby eliminating the need for
physical  movement  of  certificates  and any  risk  from  lack of  simultaneous
transfers of securities and cash.  Transactions  may now be settled in any of 32
currencies,  including  United States  dollars.  The Euroclear  System  includes
various  other  services,   including   securities  lending  and  borrowing  and
interfaces with domestic markets in several  countries  generally similar to the
arrangements for cross-market  transfers with DTC described above. The Euroclear
System is  operated  by Morgan  Guaranty  Trust  Company of New York,  Brussels,
Belgium office (the "Euroclear  Operator" or  "Euroclear"),  under contract with
Euroclear  Clearance  Systems,  S.C.,  a Belgian  cooperative  corporation  (the
"Cooperative").  All operations are conducted by the Euroclear Operator, and all
Euroclear securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts
with the Euroclear Operator,  not the Cooperative.  The Cooperative  establishes
policy for the Euroclear System on behalf of Euroclear  Participants.  Euroclear
Participants  include banks (including  central banks),  securities  brokers and
dealers  and other  professional  financial  intermediaries  and may include any
underwriters,  agents or  dealers  with  respect  to the Notes  offered  hereby.
Indirect  access to the Euroclear  System is also  available to other firms that
clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Euroclear Participant,
either directly or indirectly.

     The  Euroclear  Operator  is  the  Belgian  branch  of a New  York  banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System
and the New  York  State  Banking  Department,  as well as the  Belgian  Banking
Commission.

     Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear operator
are governed by the Terms and  Conditions  Governing  Use of  Euroclear  and the
related Operating  Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian law
(collectively,  the "Terms and  Conditions").  The Terms and  Conditions  govern
transfers of securities  and cash within the Euroclear  System,  withdrawals  of
securities  and cash from the  Euroclear  System and  receipts of payments  with
respect to securities in the Euroclear  System.  All securities in the Euroclear
System are held on a fungible basis without attribution of specific certificates
to specific securities clearance accounts. The Euroclear Operator acts under the
Terms and Conditions only on behalf of Euroclear  Participants and has no record
of or relationship with persons holding through Euroclear Participants.

     Distributions with respect to Notes held through Cedel or Euroclear will be
credited to the cash accounts of Cedel Participants or Euroclear Participants in
accordance  with the  relevant  system's  rules and  procedures,  to the  extent
received by its Depositary.  Such distributions will be subject to tax reporting
in accordance with relevant United States tax laws and regulations. Cedel or the
Euroclear Operator,  as the case may be, will take any other action permitted to
be taken by a  beneficial  holder of Notes  under the  Indenture  on behalf of a
Cedel Participant or Euroclear  Participant only in accordance with its relevant
rules and  procedures  and  subject to its  Depositary's  ability to effect such
actions on its behalf through DTC.

     DTC has advised the Administrator that it will take any action permitted to
be taken by a Securityholder under the Indenture or the Trust Agreement,  as the
case may be, only at the direction of one or more Participants to whose accounts
with DTC the  Securities  are credited.  DTC may take  conflicting  actions with
respect to other  undivided  interests to the extent that such actions are taken
on behalf of Participants whose holdings include such undivided interests.

     Although DTC, Cedel and Euroclear  have agreed to the foregoing  procedures
in order to facilitate transfers of interests in the Notes among Participants of
DTC, Cedel and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to
perform such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.

     NEITHER THE TRUST, THE SELLER, THE MASTER SERVICER, THE ADMINISTRATOR,  THE
ELIGIBLE LENDER TRUSTEE,  THE INDENTURE  TRUSTEE NOR THE UNDERWRITERS  WILL HAVE
ANY  EUROCLEAR  PARTICIPANTS  OR THE PERSONS FOR WHOM THEY ACT AS NOMINEES  WITH
RESPECT TO (1) THE ACCURACY OF ANY RECORDS MAINTAINED BY DTC, CEDEL OR EUROCLEAR
OR  ANY  PARTICIPANT,  (2)  THE  PAYMENT  BY  DTC,  CEDEL  OR  EUROCLEAR  OR ANY
PARTICIPANT  OF ANY  AMOUNT  DUE TO  ANY  BENEFICIAL  OWNER  IN  RESPECT  OF THE
PRINCIPAL  AMOUNT  OR  INTEREST  ON THE  SECURITIES,  (3)  THE  DELIVERY  BY ANY
PARTICIPANT,  CEDEL  PARTICIPANT  OR EUROCLEAR  PARTICIPANT OF ANY NOTICE TO ANY
BENEFICIAL OWNER WHICH IS REQUIRED OR PERMITTED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE
OR THE TRUST  AGREEMENT TO BE GIVEN TO  SECURITYHOLDERS  OR (4) ANY OTHER ACTION
TAKEN BY DTC AS THE SECURITYHOLDER.

Definitive Securities

     The Notes and the Certificates will initially be issued in book-entry form.
The Notes and the Certificates will be issued in fully registered,  certificated
form  ("Definitive  Notes"  and  "Definitive  Certificates",  respectively,  and
collectively  referred to herein as "Definitive  Securities")  to Noteholders or
Certificateholders  or  their  respective  nominees,  rather  than to DTC or its
nominee, only if (i) the Administrator advises the Applicable Trustee in writing
that DTC is no longer willing or able to discharge properly its responsibilities
as depository with respect to the Securities and the  Administrator is unable to
locate a qualified successor,  (ii) the Administrator,  at its option, elects to
terminate the book-entry  system through DTC or (iii) after the occurrence of an
Event of  Default,  a  Master  Servicer  Default  or an  Administrator  Default,
Securityholders  representing at least a majority of the  outstanding  principal
amount  of the  Notes  or the  Certificates,  as the  case  may be,  advise  the
Applicable  Trustee through DTC in writing that the continuation of a book-entry
system  through  DTC (or a  successor  thereto)  with  respect  to such Notes or
Certificates  is no  longer  in  the  best  interest  of  the  holders  of  such
Securities.

     Upon the  occurrence of any event  described in the  immediately  preceding
paragraph,  the  Applicable  Trustee  will be required to notify all  applicable
Securityholders   through   Participants  of  the   availability  of  Definitive
Securities.  Upon surrender by DTC of the definitive  security  representing the
corresponding  Securities and receipt of instructions for  re-registration,  the
Applicable Trustee will reissue such Securities as Definitive Securities to such
Securityholders.

     Distributions of principal of, and interest on, such Definitive  Securities
will  thereafter  be made by the  Applicable  Trustee  in  accordance  with  the
procedures  set forth in the Indenture or the Trust  Agreement,  as the case may
be,  directly to holders of Definitive  Securities in whose names the Definitive
Securities  were  registered  at the close of business on the Record Date.  Such
distributions  will be made by check  mailed to the address of such holder as it
appears on the register maintained by the Applicable Trustee.  The final payment
on any such Definitive  Security,  however,  will be made only upon presentation
and surrender of such Definitive  Security at the office or agency  specified in
the notice of final distribution to Securityholders.

     Definitive  Securities will be transferable and exchangeable at the offices
of the  Applicable  Trustee or of a  registrar  named in a notice  delivered  to
holders of  Definitive  Securities.  No service  charge  will be imposed for any
registration  of transfer or exchange,  but the  Applicable  Trustee may require
payment  of a sum  sufficient  to  cover  any tax or other  governmental  charge
imposed in connection therewith.

List of Securityholders

     Three  or more  holders  of the  Notes  or one or  more  holders  of  Notes
evidencing not less than 25% of the aggregate  outstanding  principal balance of
the Notes may, by written request to the Indenture Trustee, obtain access to the
list of all Noteholders  maintained by the Indenture  Trustee for the purpose of
communicating  with other  Noteholders  with  respect to their  rights under the
Indenture  or the  Notes.  The  Indenture  Trustee  may elect not to afford  the
requesting  Noteholders  access to the list of  Noteholders if it agrees to mail
the  desired  communication  or  proxy,  on  behalf  and at the  expense  of the
requesting Noteholders, to all Noteholders.

     Three or more  Certificateholders  or one or more  holders of  Certificates
evidencing not less than 25% of the Certificate  Balance may, by written request
to  the   Eligible   Lender   Trustee,   obtain   access  to  the  list  of  all
Certificateholders    for   the    purpose   of    communicating    with   other
Certificateholders  with respect to their  rights  under the Trust  Agreement or
under the Certificates.

Reports to Securityholders

     On  each  Distribution   Date,  the  Applicable  Trustee  will  provide  to
Securityholders  of record as of the related  Record  Date a  statement  setting
forth  substantially  the same  information as is required to be provided on the
related  quarterly  report  provided  to the  Indenture  Trustee  and the  Trust
described under "Description of Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Statements
to Indenture Trustee and Trust".

     Within the prescribed  period of time for tax reporting  purposes after the
end of each  calendar  year  during  the  term  of the  Indenture  or the  Trust
Agreement,  as the case may be, the Applicable  Trustee will mail to each person
who at any time during such calendar year was a Securityholder  and received any
payment thereon, a statement  containing certain information for the purposes of
such  Securityholder's  preparation of federal income tax returns.  See "Certain
Federal Income Tax Consequences".


              DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS

General

     The following is a summary of certain terms of the Sale Agreement, pursuant
to which the Eligible  Lender  Trustee on behalf of the Trust will  purchase the
Financed Student Loans; the Master Servicing  Agreement,  pursuant to which, the
Master  Servicer  will  service  and  the  Administrator  will  perform  certain
administrative  functions  with  respect  to the  Financed  Student  Loans;  the
Administration  Agreement,  pursuant to which the  Administrator  will undertake
certain other  administrative  duties with respect to the Trust and the Financed
Student  Loans;  and the Trust  Agreement,  pursuant  to which the Trust will be
created and the  Certificates  will be issued  (collectively,  the "Transfer and
Servicing  Agreements").  Each of such Transfer and Servicing Agreements will be
substantially  in the form filed or  incorporated  by reference as an exhibit to
the  Registration  Statement of which this  Prospectus is a part.  However,  the
summary  does not purport to be complete  and is  qualified  in its  entirety by
reference to the provisions of such Transfer and Servicing Agreements.

Sale of Financed Student Loans; Representations and Warranties

     On or prior to the  Closing  Date,  the Seller  will sell and assign to the
Eligible  Lender Trustee on behalf of the Trust,  without  recourse,  its entire
interest in the Financed  Student Loans and all  collections  received and to be
received with respect  thereto for the period on and after June 1, 1997 pursuant
to the  Sale  Agreement.  Each  Financed  Student  Loan  will be  identified  in
schedules  appearing as an exhibit to the Sale  Agreement.  The Eligible  Lender
Trustee will, concurrently with such sale and assignment,  execute, authenticate
and deliver the Notes. The net proceeds  received from the sale of the Notes and
the Certificates will be applied to the purchase of the Financed Student Loans.

     In the Sale  Agreement,  the Seller will make certain  representations  and
warranties  with  respect  to the  Financed  Student  Loans to the Trust for the
benefit of the  Certificateholders and the Noteholders,  including,  among other
things, that (i) each Financed Student Loan, on the date on which transferred to
the Trust,  is free and clear of all  security  interests,  liens,  charges  and
encumbrances  and no offsets,  defenses or  counterclaims  have been asserted or
threatened;  (ii) the information  provided with respect to the Initial Financed
Student Loans is true and correct as of the Cutoff Date and, in some cases,  the
Closing  Date (iii) the  information  provided  with  respect to the  Subsequent
Financed  Student Loans is true and correct as of the Cutoff Date and, as of the
related  Subsequent  Cutoff  Date,  no claim has been made to a  Guarantor  with
respect to such Student Loans,  and (iv) each Financed Student Loan, at the time
it was  originated,  complied  and,  at the Closing  Date or  Transfer  Date (as
defined below), as applicable, complies in all material respects with applicable
federal and state laws (including, without limitation, the Higher Education Act,
consumer credit, truth in lending, equal credit opportunity and disclosure laws)
and applicable restrictions imposed under any Guarantee Agreement.

     Following  the discovery by or notice to the Seller of a breach of any such
representation  or  warranty  with  respect to any  Financed  Student  Loan that
materially and adversely affects the interests of the  Certificateholders or the
Noteholders  in such Financed  Student Loan (it being  understood  that any such
breach that does not affect any Guarantor's  obligation to guarantee  payment of
such  Financed  Student  Loan will not be  considered  to have  such a  material
adverse  effect),  the Seller will,  unless such breach is cured within 60 days,
repurchase such Financed  Student Loan from the Eligible  Lender Trustee,  as of
the first day  following the end of such 60-day period that is the last day of a
Collection  Period,  at the related  Purchase  Price as of the day of repurchase
plus accrued interest thereon to the day of repurchase (the "Purchase  Amount").
In  addition,  the Seller will  reimburse  the Trust with  respect to a Financed
Student Loan for any accrued  interest  amounts that a Guarantor  refuses to pay
pursuant to its Guarantee Agreement due to, or for any Interest Subsidy Payments
and  Special  Allowance  Payments  that are lost or that  must be  repaid to the
Department  as a result of, a breach of any such  representation  or warranty by
the Seller.  The  repurchase  and  reimbursement  obligations of the Seller will
constitute  the  sole  remedy  available  to or on  behalf  of  the  Trust,  the
Certificateholders  or the Noteholders for any such uncured breach. The Seller's
repurchase and reimbursement obligations are contractual obligations pursuant to
the Sale  Agreement that may be enforced  against the Seller,  but the breach of
which will not constitute an Event of Default.

     To facilitate  servicing  and to reduce  administrative  costs,  the Master
Servicer will delegate to the  respective  Subservicers  its  responsibility  to
maintain custody of the promissory notes representing the Financed Student Loans
by the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee on behalf of the Trust.  The  Seller's and the
Master  Servicer's  accounting  and  other  records  will  reflect  the sale and
assignment  of the  Financed  Student  Loans to the Eligible  Lender  Trustee on
behalf of the Trust, and Uniform Commercial Code financing statements reflecting
such sale and assignment will be filed.

Accounts

     The  Administrator  will establish and maintain the Collection  Account and
the  Reserve  Account  in the name of the  Indenture  Trustee  on  behalf of the
Noteholders and the Certificateholders.

     Funds in the  Collection  Account and the Reserve  Account  (together,  the
"Trust Accounts") will be invested as provided in the Master Servicing Agreement
in  Eligible  Investments.  "Eligible  Investments"  are  generally  limited  to
short-term U.S.  government backed  securities,  certain highly rated commercial
paper and money  market  funds and other  investments  acceptable  to the Rating
Agencies as being  consistent  with the rating of the Notes.  Subject to certain
conditions,  Eligible  Investments may include  securities or other  obligations
issued by the Seller or its  affiliates,  or trusts  originated by the Seller or
its  affiliates,  or shares of investment  companies for which the Seller or its
affiliates may serve as the investment advisor. Eligible Investments are limited
to  obligations  or  securities  that  mature  not later than the  business  day
immediately  preceding the next  Distribution Date or the next Monthly Servicing
Payment Date (to the extent of the Servicing  Fee due on such date).  Investment
earnings on funds deposited in the Trust Accounts,  net of losses and investment
expenses  (collectively,  "Investment  Earnings"),  will  be  deposited  in  the
Collection  Account on each Distribution Date and will be treated as collections
of interest on the Financed Student Loans.

     The  Trust  Accounts  will be  maintained  as  Eligible  Deposit  Accounts.
"Eligible  Deposit  Account"  means  either  (a) a  segregated  account  with an
Eligible  Institution or (b) a segregated trust account with the corporate trust
department of a depository  institution  organized  under the laws of the United
States of America or any one of the states  thereof or the  District of Columbia
(or any domestic  branch of a foreign bank),  having  corporate trust powers and
acting as trustee for funds  deposited  in such  account,  so long as any of the
securities of such depository  institution have a credit rating from each Rating
Agency in one of its generic rating categories which signifies investment grade.
"Eligible  Institution" means a depository  institution organized under the laws
of the United States of America or any one of the states thereof or the District
of  Columbia  (or any  domestic  branch  of a  foreign  bank),  (i)  which has a
long-term  unsecured  debt  rating  of  investment  grade  and/or  a  short-term
unsecured  debt  rating  in the  highest  investment  rating  category,  each as
determined by at least two nationally  recognized rating agencies and (ii) whose
deposits are insured by the FDIC.

Servicing Procedures

     Pursuant to the Master Servicing  Agreement,  First Union has agreed as the
Master Servicer to service, and perform all other related tasks with respect to,
all the Financed  Student Loans  acquired from time to time. So long as no claim
is being made against a Guarantor  for any  Financed  Student  Loan,  the Master
Servicer will hold or cause the  Subservicers to hold on behalf of the Trust the
notes evidencing,  and other documents  relating to, that Financed Student Loan.
The Master Servicer is required  pursuant to the Master  Servicing  Agreement to
perform all services  and duties  customary  to the  servicing of Student  Loans
(including  all collection  practices),  and to do so [in the same manner as the
Master  Servicer  has  serviced  student  loans on behalf of the Seller  and] in
compliance  with  all  standards  and  procedures  provided  for in  the  Higher
Education  Act, the Guarantee  Agreements and all other  applicable  federal and
state laws.

     Without limiting the foregoing, the duties of the Master Servicer under the
Master  Servicing  Agreement  include,  but are not limited to,  collecting  and
depositing  into the  Collection  Account (or, in the event that daily  deposits
into the Collection  Account are not required,  paying to the Administrator) all
payments with respect to the Financed  Student  Loans.  In addition,  the Master
Servicer will keep ongoing  records with respect to such Financed  Student Loans
and collections  thereon and will furnish quarterly and annual statements to the
Administrator  with respect to such  information,  in accordance with the Master
Servicer's  customary  practices  with  respect to the  Seller and as  otherwise
required in the Master Servicing Agreement. The Master Servicer, pursuant to the
Subservicing  Agreements,  will cause the  Subservicers to prepare and file with
the Department all  appropriate  claims forms and other documents and filings on
behalf of the Eligible  Lender  Trustee in order to claim any  Interest  Subsidy
Payments and Special  Allowance  Payments that may be payable in respect of each
Collection  Period with respect to the Financed  Student  Loans,  and to perform
other duties which include, but are not limited to, responding to inquiries from
borrowers on the Financed Student Loans, investigating delinquencies and sending
out statements, payment coupons and tax reporting information to borrowers

Payments on Financed Student Loans

     Except as provided below,  the Master Servicer will deposit all payments on
Financed  Student  Loans (from  whatever  source)  and all  proceeds of Financed
Student Loans collected by it during each Collection  Period into the Collection
Account within two business days of receipt  thereof.  Except as provided below,
the Eligible Lender Trustee will deposit all Interest  Subsidy  Payments and all
Special  Allowance  Payments with respect to the Financed Student Loans received
by it during each  Collection  Period  into the  Collection  Account  within two
business days of receipt thereof.

     However,  in the event that First Union satisfies certain  requirements for
quarterly  remittances and the Rating Agencies affirm their ratings of the Notes
and the  Certificates  at the initial level,  then so long as First Union is the
Administrator  and provided that (i) there exists no  Administrator  Default (as
described below) and [(ii) each other condition to making quarterly  deposits as
may be specified by the Rating  Agencies is satisfied],  the Master Servicer and
the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee  will  pay all  the  amounts  referred  to in the
preceding  paragraph  that would  otherwise  be  deposited  into the  Collection
Account to the  Administrator,  and the  Administrator  will not be  required to
deposit such amounts into the Collection Account until on or before the business
day immediately  preceding each Monthly Servicing Payment Date (to the extent of
the  Servicing  Fee  payable  on such date) and on or before  the  business  day
immediately  preceding each Distribution Date (to the extent of the remainder of
such  amounts).  In such event,  the  Administrator  will deposit the  aggregate
Purchase  Amount  of  Financed  Student  Loans  repurchased  by the  Seller  and
purchased by the Master  Servicer into the  Collection  Account on or before the
business  day  preceding  each  Distribution  Date.  Pending  deposit  into  the
Collection Account,  collections may be invested by the Administrator at its own
risk  and for its own  benefit,  and will not be  segregated  from  funds of the
Administrator.

Master Servicer Covenants

     In the Master Servicing Agreement,  the Master Servicer covenants that: (a)
it will duly satisfy all  obligations  on its part to be  fulfilled  under or in
connection   with  the   Financed   Student   Loans,   maintain  in  effect  all
qualifications  required  in order to service  the  Financed  Student  Loans and
comply in all material  respects with all requirements of law in connection with
servicing  the Financed  Student  Loans,  the failure to comply with which would
have a materially adverse effect on the  Certificateholders  or the Noteholders;
(b) it will not permit any rescission or cancellation of a Financed Student Loan
except as  ordered  by a court of  competent  jurisdiction  or other  government
authority or as otherwise  consented to by the Eligible  Lender  Trustee and the
Indenture  Trustee;  (c)  it  will  do  nothing  to  impair  the  rights  of the
Certificateholders  and the Noteholders in the Financed Student Loans and (d) it
will not  reschedule,  revise,  defer or  otherwise  compromise  with respect to
payments due on any  Financed  Student  Loan except  pursuant to any  applicable
Deferral or Forbearance  Periods or otherwise in accordance  with its guidelines
for servicing student loans in general and those of the Seller in particular.

     Under the terms of the  Master  Servicing  Agreement,  if the Seller or the
Master Servicer discovers,  or receives written notice, that any covenant of the
Master  Servicer  set forth  above has not been  complied  with in all  material
respects and such noncompliance has not been cured within 60 days thereafter and
has a materially adverse effect on the interest of the Certificateholders or the
Noteholders  in any  Financed  Student Loan (it being  understood  that any such
breach that does not affect any Guarantor's  obligation to guarantee  payment of
such  Financed  Student  Loan will not be  considered  to have  such a  material
adverse effect),  unless such breach is cured, the Master Servicer will purchase
such Financed  Student Loan as of the first day following the end of such 60-day
period that is the last day of a Collection  Period.  In that event,  the Master
Servicer  will be  obligated to deposit  into the  Collection  Account an amount
equal to the  Purchase  Amount of such  Financed  Student  Loan and the  Trust's
interest  in any such  purchased  Financed  Student  Loan will be  automatically
assigned to the Master Servicer. In addition, the Master Servicer will reimburse
the Trust with  respect to any Financed  Student  Loan for any accrued  interest
amounts that a Guarantor refuses to pay pursuant to its Guarantee  Agreement due
to, or for any Interest Subsidy Payments and Special Allowance Payments that are
lost or that must be repaid to the  Department  as a result  of, a breach of any
such covenant of the Master Servicer.

Servicing Compensation

     The Master Servicer will be entitled to receive, subject to the limitations
set forth in the  following  paragraph,  the  Servicing Fee monthly in an amount
equal to [the sum of] (i)  -----%  per annum of the Pool  Balance as of the last
day      of      the      preceding       calendar      month      and      (ii)
[-------------------------------------],  in each case  subject  to  adjustment,
together with other administrative fees and similar charges, as compensation for
performing the functions as master servicer for the Trust described  above.  The
Servicing  Fee set  forth in  clause  (i) above  may be  subject  to  reasonable
increase  agreed to by the  Administrator,  the Eligible  Lender Trustee and the
Master  Servicer  to the extent that a  demonstrable  and  significant  increase
occurs in the costs incurred by the Master Servicer in providing the services to
be  provided  under the Master  Servicing  Agreement,  whether due to changes in
applicable   governmental   regulations,   guarantor  program   requirements  or
regulations,   United  States  Postal   Service   postal  rates  or  some  other
identifiable cost increasing event. The Servicing Fee (together with any portion
of the Servicing Fee that remains unpaid from prior Distribution  Dates) will be
payable on each  Monthly  Servicing  Payment Date and will be paid solely out of
Available  Funds and amounts on deposit in the Reserve  Account on such  Monthly
Servicing Payment Date.

     [Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in the event that the fee payable to the
Master  Servicer as defined  above for any  Monthly  Payment  Date would  exceed
- -----%  per  annum of the  Pool  Balance  as of the  last  day of the  preceding
calendar month (the "Capped Amount"),  then the "Servicing Fee" for such Monthly
Servicing  Payment  Date will  instead be the Capped  Amount for such date.  The
remaining amount in excess of such Servicing Fee,  together with any such excess
amounts  from prior  Monthly  Servicing  Payment  Dates that remain  unpaid (the
"Excess  Servicing  Fee"),  will  be  payable  to the  Master  Servicer  on each
succeeding  Distribution  Date out of  Available  Funds  after  payment  on such
Distribution Date of the Trust Fees, the Noteholders'  Distribution  Amount, the
Certificateholders'  Distribution Amount and the amount, if any, necessary to be
deposited  in the  Reserve  Account  to  reinstate  the  balance  thereof to the
Specified Reserve Account Balance.  The Master Servicer will only be entitled to
receive the Excess Servicing Fee if and to the extent that Available Funds exist
to make such payments after making all prior distributions and deposits.]

     The Servicing Fee and the Excess  Servicing Fee will  compensate the Master
Servicer for performing the functions of a third party servicer of student loans
as an agent for their  beneficial  owner,  including  collecting and posting all
payments,  responding to inquiries of borrowers on the Financed  Student  Loans,
investigating  delinquencies,  pursuing,  filing and  collecting  any  Guarantee
Payments,   accounting  for  collections  and  furnishing   monthly  and  annual
statements to the Administrator.  The Servicing Fee and the Excess Servicing Fee
also will  reimburse the Master  Servicer for certain  taxes,  accounting  fees,
outside  auditor  fees,  data  processing  costs and  other  costs  incurred  in
connection with administering the Financed Student Loans.

Distributions

     Deposits to Collection Account. On or about the third business day prior to
each  Distribution  Date (the  "Determination  Date"),  the  Administrator  will
provide the  Indenture  Trustee  with  certain  information  with respect to the
distributions to be made on such Distribution Date.

     On or before the business day preceding each Monthly Servicing Payment Date
that is not a Distribution Date, the Administrator will cause (or will cause the
Master  Servicer  and the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee  to cause) a portion of the
amount of the Available  Funds equal to the Servicing Fee,  payable on such date
to be deposited into the Collection Account for payment of the Servicing Fee. On
or before the business day prior to each  Distribution  Date, the  Administrator
will cause (or will cause the Master Servicer and the Eligible Lender Trustee to
cause)  the  amount  of  Available  Funds to be  deposited  into the  Collection
Account.

     For purposes hereof,  the term "Available  Funds" means,  with respect to a
Distribution  Date  or  any  Monthly  Servicing  Payment  Date,  the  sum of the
following amounts received with respect to the related Collection Period (or, in
the case of a Monthly  Servicing  Payment Date, the applicable  portion thereof)
[to the extent not previously distributed]:

               (i)  all  collections  received  by the  Master  Servicer  on the
          Financed Student Loans (including any Guarantee Payments received with
          respect to the Financed Student Loans) but net of (x) amounts required
          by the  Higher  Education  Act to be paid to the  Department  or to be
          repaid  to  borrowers  (whether  or  not in the  form  of a  principal
          reduction of the applicable  Financed  Student Loan),  with respect to
          the Financed Student Loans for such Collection  Period,  including any
          origination  fee payable to the  Department  on Federal  Consolidation
          Loans  disbursed  after October 1, 1993,  and (y) any  collections  in
          respect of  principal  on the Financed  Student  Loans  applied by the
          Trust to repurchase guaranteed loans from the Guarantors in accordance
          with the Guarantee Agreements;

               (ii) any Interest Subsidy Payments and Special Allowance Payments
          received by the Eligible Lender Trustee during such Collection  Period
          with respect to the Financed Student Loans;

               (iii) all  proceeds  of the  liquidation  of  defaulted  Financed
          Student Loans  ("Liquidated  Student Loans"),  which became Liquidated
          Student Loans during such  Collection  Period in  accordance  with the
          Master  Servicer's  customary  servicing  procedures,  net of expenses
          incurred by the Master  Servicer in connection  with such  liquidation
          and any amounts required by law to be remitted to the borrower on such
          Liquidated Student Loans ("Liquidation Proceeds"),  and all recoveries
          in respect of Liquidated Student Loans which were written off in prior
          Collection Periods;

               (iv) the aggregate  Purchase  Amounts received for those Financed
          Student  Loans  repurchased  by the Seller or  purchased by the Master
          Servicer  under an  obligation  which  arose  during  such  Collection
          Period;

               (v) the aggregate  amounts,  if any,  received from the Seller or
          the  Master  Servicer,  as  the  case  may  be,  as  reimbursement  of
          non-guaranteed interest amounts, or lost Interest Subsidy Payments and
          Special Allowance Payments, with respect to the Financed Student Loans
          pursuant  to the Sale  Agreement  or the Master  Servicing  Agreement,
          respectively;

               (vi) amounts deposited by the Seller into the Collection  Account
          in connection with the making of Consolidation Loans; and

               (vii)  Investment  Earnings  for such  Distribution  Date and any
          interest remitted by the Administrator to the Collection Account prior
          to  such  Distribution  Date  or  Monthly  Servicing  Payment  Date as
          described in the preceding paragraph;

provided,  however,  that Available Funds will exclude all payments and proceeds
(including  Liquidation  Proceeds)  of any Financed  Student  Loans the Purchase
Amount of which has been included in Available Funds for a prior Monthly Payment
Date or  Distribution  Date;  provided,  further,  that if with  respect  to any
Distribution  Date there would not be sufficient  funds,  after  application  of
Available  Funds (as  defined  above) and  amounts  available  from the  Reserve
Account, to pay any of the items specified in clauses (i) through (vi) under "--
Distributions  -- Distributions  from Collection  Account," then Available Funds
for such Distribution Date will include,  in addition to the Available Funds (as
defined above), amounts on deposit in the Collection Account (or amounts held by
the Administrator, or which the Administrator reasonably estimates to be held by
the Administrator, for deposit into the Collection Account) on the Determination
Date which would have  constituted  Available  Funds for the  Distribution  Date
succeeding such Distribution Date, up to the amount necessary to pay such items,
and the Available Funds for such succeeding  Distribution  Date will be adjusted
accordingly.

     Distributions  from Collection  Account.  On each Monthly Servicing Payment
Date that is not a  Distribution  Date,  the  Administrator  will  instruct  the
Indenture  Trustee  to pay to the Master  Servicer  the  Servicing  Fee due with
respect to the period from and including the preceding Monthly Servicing Payment
Date from amounts on deposit in the Collection Account.

     On each Distribution  Date, the  Administrator  will instruct the Indenture
Trustee to make the following deposits and distributions,  in the amounts and in
the order of priority specified below, to the extent of the Available Funds with
respect to such Distribution Date:

               (i) to  the  Master  Servicer,  the  Servicing  Fee  due on  such
          Distribution Date and all prior unpaid Servicing Fees;

               (ii) to the Administrator,  the Administration Fee and all unpaid
          Administration Fees from prior Collection Periods;

               (iii) to the Indenture Trustee, the quarterly fee payable and all
          overdue fees to the Indenture Trustee from prior Collection Periods;

               (iv) to the Eligible  Lender  Trustee,  the quarterly fee payable
          and all  overdue  fees  to the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee  from  prior
          Collection Periods;

               (v) to the Noteholders,  the Noteholders'  Interest  Distribution
          Amount ratably,  without preference or priority of any kind, according
          to the  amounts  payable  on the  Notes  in  respect  of  Noteholders'
          Interest Distribution Amount;

               (vi)  to  the   Eligible   Lender   Trustee   on  behalf  of  the
          Certificateholders,   the  Certificateholders'  Interest  Distribution
          Amount,  for  distribution by the Eligible Lender Trustee  pursuant to
          the Trust Agreement,  ratably,  without  preference or priority of any
          kind,    according   to   the   amounts    payable   in   respect   of
          Certificateholders' Interest Distribution Amount;

               (vii) to the Class A-1 Noteholders,  the  Noteholders'  Principal
          Distribution  Amount,  ratably,  without preference or priority of any
          kind,  according  to the  amounts  payable  on the Class A-1 Notes for
          principal;

               (viii) on each Distribution Date on and after which the Class A-1
          Notes  have been  paid in full,  to the  Class  A-2  Noteholders,  the
          Noteholders'   Principal   Distribution   Amount,   ratably,   without
          preference or priority of any kind,  according to the amounts  payable
          on the Class A-2 Notes for principal;

               (ix) on each  Distribution Date on and after which the Notes have
          been paid in full,  to the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee on behalf of the
          Certificateholders,  the  Certificateholder's  Principal  Distribution
          Amount,  for  distribution by the Eligible Lender Trustee  pursuant to
          the Trust Agreement,  ratably,  without  preference or priority of any
          kind,  according to the amounts  payable in respect of the Certificate
          Balance;

               (x) to the Reserve  Account,  the amount,  if any,  necessary  to
          reinstate the balance of the Reserve Account to the Specified  Reserve
          Account Balance;

               [(xi) to the Master  Servicer,  the aggregate  unpaid amount,  if
          any, of the Excess Servicing Fee;]

               (xii) to the  Noteholders,  the  aggregate  unpaid  amount of the
          Noteholders'  Interest  Index  Carryover,  if  any,  ratably,  without
          preference  or priority of any kind,  according to the amounts due and
          payable  on the  Notes  in  respect  of  Noteholders'  Interest  Index
          Carryover;

               (xiii)  to  the  Eligible   Lender   Trustee  on  behalf  of  the
          Certificateholders,    the    aggregate    unpaid    amount   of   the
          Certificateholders' Interest Index Carryover, if any, for distribution
          by  the  Eligible  Lender  trustee  pursuant  to the  Trust  Agreement
          ratably,  without preference or priority of any kind, according to the
          amounts  payable  in  respect of  Certificateholders'  Interest  Index
          Carryover; and

               (xiv)  to  the  Reserve  Account,  any  remaining  amounts  after
          application of clauses (i) through (xiii).

     For purposes hereof, the following terms have the following meanings:

     "Certificate  Balance"  equals  $----------  as of the  Closing  Date  and,
thereafter,  equals the  initial  Certificate  Balance,  reduced by all  amounts
allocable to principal previously distributed to Certificateholders.

     "Certificateholders'  Distribution  Amount"  means,  with  respect  to  any
Distribution Date, the Certificateholders' Interest Distribution Amount for such
Distribution  Date plus, for each Distribution Date on and after which the Notes
have been paid in full, the  Certificateholders'  Principal  Distribution Amount
for such Distribution Date.

     "Certificateholders'   Interest  Shortfall"  means,  with  respect  to  any
Distribution   Date,  the  excess  of  (i)  the   Certificateholders'   Interest
Distribution  Amount on the preceding  Distribution Date over (ii) the amount of
interest  actually  distributed  to the  Certificateholders  on  such  preceding
Distribution  Date, plus interest on the amount of such excess interest,  to the
extent   permitted  by  law,  at  the  Certificate   Rate  from  such  preceding
Distribution Date to the current Distribution Date.

     "Certificateholders'  Interest  Distribution Amount" means, with respect to
any  Distribution  Date,  the sum of (i) the amount of  interest  accrued at the
Certificate Rate for the related Interest Period on the outstanding  Certificate
Balance on the immediately  preceding  Distribution Date, after giving effect to
all distributions to Certificateholders in respect of the Certificate Balance on
such Distribution Date (or, in the case of the first  Distribution  Date, on the
Closing  Date)  and (ii) the  Certificateholders'  Interest  Shortfall  for such
Distribution Date;  provided,  however,  that the  Certificateholders'  Interest
Distribution  Amount  will not include any  Certificateholders'  Interest  Index
Carryover.

     "Certificateholders'  Interest Index  Carryover" means for any Distribution
Date on which the Certificate Rate is based on the Student Loan Rate, the excess
of (a) the  amount of return on the  Certificates  that  would  have  accrued in
respect of such Interest  Period at the  Certificate  Rate without regard to the
Student  Loan Rate over (b) the  amount of return on the  Certificates  actually
accrued in respect  of such  Interest  Period  based on the  Student  Loan Rate,
together  with the unpaid  portion of any such  excess  from prior  Distribution
Dates and any return accrued thereon  calculated at the Certificate Rate without
regard to the Student Loan Rate.

     "Certificateholders'  Principal  Shortfall"  means,  as of the close of any
Distribution  Date,  the  excess  of  (i)  the   Certificateholders'   Principal
Distribution   Amount  on  such  Distribution  Date  over  (ii)  the  amount  of
distributions made with respect to the Certificate  Balance on such Distribution
Date.

     "Certificateholders'   Principal   Distribution   Amount"  means,  on  each
Distribution  Date, the excess of (i) the sum of (a) the Principal  Distribution
Amount for such  Distribution  Date, (b) the Note Principal  Shortfall as of the
close  of the  preceding  Distribution  Date  and  (c)  the  Certificateholders'
Principal Shortfall as of the close of the preceding Distribution Date over (ii)
the Note Principal Distribution Amount for such Distribution Date; provided that
the  Certificateholders'  Principal  Distribution Amount will in no event exceed
the Certificate Balance. In addition, on the Certificate Final Payment Date, the
Certificate Balance to be distributed to the Certificateholders will include the
amount required to reduce the outstanding Certificate Balance to zero.

     "Noteholders'  Distribution Amount" means, with respect to any Distribution
Date,  the  sum  of  the  Noteholders'  Interest  Distribution  Amount  and  the
Noteholders' Principal Distribution Amount for such Distribution Date.

     "Noteholders'  Interest  Shortfall" means, with respect to any Distribution
Date, the excess of (i) the  Noteholders'  Interest  Distribution  Amount on the
preceding   Distribution   Date  over  (ii)  the  amount  of  interest  actually
distributed  to the  Noteholders  on  such  preceding  Distribution  Date,  plus
interest on the amount of such excess  interest due to the  Noteholders,  to the
extent  permitted by law, at the weighted  average of the Class A-1 Rate and the
Class A-2 Rate from such preceding Distribution Date to the current Distribution
Date.

     "Noteholders'  Interest  Distribution  Amount"  means,  with respect to any
Distribution  Date,  the  sum of (i)  the  amount  of  interest  accrued  at the
respective  Note Interest Rate for the related  Interest Period on the aggregate
outstanding  principal  balances  of both  classes  of Notes on the  immediately
preceding  Distribution Date after giving effect to all principal  distributions
to Noteholders on such date (or, in the case of the first  Distribution Date, on
the  Closing  Date)  and  (ii)  the  Noteholders'  Interest  Shortfall  for such
Distribution   Date;   provided,   however,   that  the  Noteholders'   Interest
Distribution Amount will not include any Noteholders' Interest Index Carryover.

     "Noteholders' Interest Index Carryover" means, for any Distribution Date on
which the Class  A-1 Rate or the  Class  A-2 Rate is based on the  Student  Loan
Rate,  the  excess of (a) the amount of  interest  on the Class A-1 Notes or the
Class A-2 Notes,  as the case may be, that would have  accrued in respect of the
related  Accrual  Period had  interest  been  calculated  without  regard to the
Student  Loan Rate over (b) the amount of interest on the Class A-1 Notes or the
Class A-2 Notes, as the case may be, actually accrued in respect of such Accrual
Period based on the Student Loan Rate,  together with the unpaid  portion of any
such excess from prior  Distribution  Dates and Interest  accrued thereon at the
applicable Note Rate without regard to the Student Loan Rate.

     "Noteholders'   Principal   Shortfall"  means,  as  of  the  close  of  any
Distribution  Date, the excess of (i) the  Noteholders'  Principal  Distribution
Amount on such  Distribution  Date over (ii) the  amount of  principal  actually
distributed to the Noteholders on such Distribution Date.

     "Noteholders'  Principal  Distribution  Amount" means,  with respect to any
Distribution Date, the Principal  Distribution Amount for such Distribution Date
plus the  Noteholders'  Principal  Shortfall  as of the  close of the  preceding
Distribution Date; provided that the Noteholders'  Principal Distribution Amount
will not exceed the outstanding principal balance of the Notes. In addition, (i)
on the Class A-1 Final Maturity  Date, the principal  required to be distributed
to the Class A-1  Noteholders  will  include  the amount  required to reduce the
outstanding  principal  balance of the Class A-1 Notes to zero,  and (ii) on the
Class A-2 Final Maturity  Date, the principal  required to be distributed to the
Class A-2 Noteholders will include the amount required to reduce the outstanding
principal balance of the Class A-2 Notes to zero.

     "Pool Balance" means, at any time, the aggregate  principal  balance of the
Financed Student Loans at the end of the preceding  Collection  Period including
accrued interest thereon for such Collection  Period to the extent such interest
will be capitalized upon  commencement of repayment,  after giving effect to the
following  without  duplication:  (i) all payments  received by the Trust during
such  Collection  Period  from or on behalf  of  borrowers,  Guarantors  and the
Department (collectively, "Obligors"), (ii) all Purchase Amounts received by the
Trust for such Collection  Period from the Seller or the Master Servicer,  (iii)
all losses realized on Financed Student Loans liquidated  during such Collection
Period.

     "Principal  Distribution  Amount"  means (i) with  respect  to the  initial
Distribution  Date,  the  amount by which the sum of the  outstanding  principal
amount  of the Notes and the  Certificate  Balance  exceeds  the  Adjusted  Pool
Balance  for such  Distribution  Date and (ii) with  respect to each  subsequent
Distribution  Date,  the  amount  by which the  Adjusted  Pool  Balance  for the
preceding   Distribution  Date  exceeds  the  Adjusted  Pool  Balance  for  such
Distribution  Date.  For this purpose,  "Adjusted Pool Balance"  means,  for any
Distribution  Date,  (a) if the Pool  Balance as of the last day of the  related
Collection  Period is greater than 40% of the Initial Pool  Balance,  the sum of
such  Pool  Balance  and  the  Specified   Reserve   Account  Balance  for  such
Distribution  Date, or (b) if the Pool Balance as of the last day of the related
Collection Period is less than or equal to 40% of the Initial Pool Balance, such
Pool Balance.

     "Realized  Loss" means the excess of the principal  balance  (including any
interest that had been or had been expected to be capitalized) of any Liquidated
Student Loan over Liquidation  Proceeds with respect to such Student Loan to the
extent allocable to principal  (including any interest that had been or had been
expected to be capitalized).

Credit Enhancement

     Reserve Account.  Pursuant to the Master Servicing  Agreement,  the Reserve
Account will be created with an initial deposit by the Trust on the Closing Date
of cash or  Eligible  Investments  in an  amount  equal to the  Reserve  Account
Initial Deposit. The Reserve Account will be augmented on each Distribution Date
by deposit therein of (i) the amount, if any, necessary to reinstate the balance
of the Reserve Account to the Specified  Reserve Account Balance from the amount
of Available Funds  remaining after payment of the Trust Fees, the  Noteholders'
Distribution  Amount and the  Certificateholders'  Distribution  Amount, all for
such Distribution Date, and (ii) any remaining Available Funds after application
of clause (i) above and after  payment of any unpaid Excess  Servicing  Fee, any
unpaid Noteholders'  Interest Index Carryover and  Certificateholders'  Interest
Index Carryover as of such Distribution Date to the extent described above under
"--Distributions".  As described below, subject to certain limitations,  amounts
on deposit in the Reserve  Account  will be released to the Seller to the extent
that the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account exceeds the Specified  Reserve
Account Balance.

     "Specified  Reserve Account Balance" with respect to any Distribution  Date
generally  will be equal to the greater of (i) -----% of the Pool  Balance as of
the close of business on the last day of the related  Collection Period and (ii)
$----------------;  provided,  however, in no event will such balance exceed the
sum of the  outstanding  principal  amount  of the  Notes  and  the  outstanding
principal balance of the Certificates.

     Funds will be  withdrawn  from cash in the  Reserve  Account on any Monthly
Servicing  Payment  Date or  Distribution  Date to the extent that the amount of
Available Funds on such Monthly  Servicing  Payment Date or Distribution Date is
insufficient to pay the Servicing Fee on a Monthly Servicing Payment Date or any
of the items  specified in clauses (i) through (vi) under "--  Distributions  --
Distributions  from Collection  Account" on a Distribution Date. Such funds also
will be  withdrawn  at maturity of the Notes or on the final  Distribution  Date
upon  termination of the Trust to the extent that the amount of Available  Funds
at such time is  insufficient to pay any of the items specified in clauses (vii)
through (ix) and, in the case of the final Distribution Date upon termination of
the Trust,  clauses (xi) through (xiii) under  "--Distributions -- Distributions
from  Collection  Account." Such funds will be paid from the Reserve  Account to
the Master Servicer, on a Monthly Servicing Payment Date, and to the persons and
in the order of  priority  specified  for  distributions  out of the  Collection
Account in such  clauses (i) through  (vi) and clauses  (vii)  through  (ix) and
clauses (xi) through  (xiii),  as applicable,  on a  Distribution  Date. See "--
Subordination of the Certificates".

     In the event  the  Financed  Student  Loans  are not sold  pursuant  to the
auction process  described below under "--  Termination" on or after the Auction
Distribution  Date if the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account (after giving
effect to all deposits or withdrawals therefrom on such Distribution Date, other
than  withdrawals  described in this  sentence)  is greater  than the  Specified
Reserve  Account  Balance for such  Distribution  Date, the  Administrator  will
instruct the  Indenture  Trustee to  distribute  the amount of such excess as an
accelerated  payment of principal first to the Noteholders until the outstanding
principal   balance   of  the   Notes   is  paid  in  full   and   then  to  the
Certificateholders  until the Certificate Balance is paid in full; provided that
the amount of such  distribution  shall not exceed the principal  balance of the
Notes or the  Certificate  Balance,  as  applicable,  after giving effect to all
other payments of principal to be made on such date.

     If the amount on deposit in the Reserve  Account on any  Distribution  Date
(after  giving  effect  to  all  deposits  or  withdrawals   therefrom  on  such
Distribution  Date) is greater than the Specified  Reserve  Account  Balance for
such Distribution Date, subject to certain  limitations,  the Administrator will
instruct the  Indenture  Trustee to distribute  the amount of the excess,  after
payment  of  any  unpaid  Excess  Servicing  Fee,  Noteholders'  Interest  Index
Carryover and Certificateholders'  Interest Index Carryover, to the Seller. Upon
any distribution to the Seller of amounts from the Reserve Account,  neither the
Noteholders  nor the  Certificateholders  will have any rights in, or claims to,
such amounts.  Subject to the  limitation  described in the preceding  sentence,
amounts held from time to time in the Reserve  Account will  continue to be held
for the benefit of the Trust.

     The Reserve Account is intended to enhance the likelihood of timely receipt
by the Noteholders and the Certificateholders of the full amount of interest due
them and the ultimate  payment of principal  thereon at maturity and to decrease
the likelihood  that the Noteholders or the  Certificateholders  will experience
losses.  In  certain  circumstances,  however,  the  Reserve  Account  could  be
depleted.  Moreover,  except with  respect to the final  Distribution  Date upon
termination of the Trust,  amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account (other than
amounts  in  excess  of the  Specified  Reserve  Account  Balance)  will  not be
available to cover any aggregate  unpaid  Excess  Servicing  Fees,  Noteholders'
Interest  Index  Carryover  or  Certificateholders'  Interest  Index  Carryover.
Amounts on deposit in the Reserve  Account will be available to pay principal on
the Notes and interest  accrued thereon at the maturity of the Notes, and to pay
the Certificate Balance and interest accrued thereon,  the Excess Servicing Fee,
Noteholders' Interest Index Carryover and  Certificateholders'  Carryover on the
final Distribution Date upon termination of the Trust.

Statements to Indenture Trustee and Trust

     Prior to each Distribution Date, the Administrator  (based on the quarterly
statements  and other  information  provided to it by the Master  Servicer) will
provide to the  Indenture  Trustee  and the Trust as of the close of business on
the last day of the preceding Collection Period a statement,  which will include
the  following  information  with  respect  to  such  Distribution  Date  or the
preceding Collection Period as to the Notes and the Certificates,  to the extent
applicable:

               (i) the amount of the distribution  allocable to principal of the
          Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes or the Certificates,  as the case
          may be;

               (ii) the amount of the distribution allocable to interest on each
          of the Class  A-1  Notes,  the  Class A-2 Notes and the  Certificates,
          together  with the interest  rates  applicable  with  respect  thereto
          (indicating  whether such interest  rates are based on the T-Bill Rate
          or on the Student  Loan Rate and  specifying  what each such  interest
          rate would  have been if it had been  calculated  using the  alternate
          basis; provided that no such calculation of the Student Loan Rate will
          be required to be made unless the T-Bill Rate for such Interest Period
          is [100] basis points  greater  than the T-Bill Rate of the  preceding
          Determination  Date or the 52 Week  Treasury  Bill Rate is [100] basis
          points less than the T-Bill Rate as of such Determination Date;

               (iii) the amount of the  distribution,  if any,  allocable to any
          Noteholders'  Interest  Index  Carryover  and any  Certificateholders'
          Interest Index  Carryover,  together with the outstanding  amount,  if
          any, of each thereof after giving effect to any such distribution;

               (iv) the Pool Balance as of the close of business on the last day
          of the preceding  Collection  Period,  after giving effect to payments
          allocated to principal reported as described in clause (i) above;

               (v) the aggregate  outstanding  principal  balance of Notes,  the
          Certificate Balance and each Pool Factor as of such Distribution Date,
          after giving effect to payments  allocated to principal reported under
          clause (i) above;

               (vi) the amount of the Servicing Fee and any Excess Servicing Fee
          paid to the Master Servicer, the amount of the Administration Fee paid
          to the  Administrator,  the fees paid to the Indenture Trustee and the
          fees paid to the Eligible Lender Trustee,  respectively,  with respect
          to such  Collection  Period,  and the  amount,  if any,  of the Excess
          Servicing  Fee  remaining  unpaid  after  giving  effect  to any  such
          payment;

               (vii) the amount of the aggregate  Realized  Losses,  if any, for
          such Collection  Period and the balance of Financed Student Loans that
          are  delinquent  in  each  delinquency  period  as of the  end of such
          Collection Period; and

               (viii) the  balance of the Reserve  Account on such  Distribution
          Date,  after  giving  effect to changes  therein on such  Distribution
          Date.

     "52  Week  T-Bill  Rate"  means,  on any  date of  determination,  the bond
equivalent  rate of 52-week  Treasury bills  auctioned at the final auction held
prior to the preceding June 1.

Evidence As To Compliance

     The Master  Servicing  Agreement  will provide  that a firm of  independent
public  accountants will furnish to the Trust and the Indenture Trustee annually
a statement (based on a limited examination of certain documents and records and
on such  accounting and auditing  procedures  considered  appropriate  under the
circumstances)  as to  compliance  by the Master  Servicer  during the preceding
twelve  months (or, in the case of the first such  certificate,  the period from
the Closing Date to December 31, 1997) with certain  standards  under the Master
Servicing Agreement relating to the servicing of the Financed Student Loans.

     The  Master  Servicing  Agreement  will  further  provide  that a  firm  of
independent  public  accountants  (which may be the same firm referred to in the
immediately  preceding  paragraph)  will furnish to the Trust and the  Indenture
Trustee annually a statement (based on the examination of certain  documents and
records and on such accounting and auditing  procedures  considered  appropriate
under the  circumstances)  as to  compliance  by the  Administrator  during  the
preceding  twelve  months  (or, in the case of the first such  certificate,  the
period from the Closing Date to December 31, 1997) with all applicable standards
under the Master Servicing  Agreement and the Administration  Agreement relating
to the administration of the Trust and the Financed Student Loans.

     The Master Servicing  Agreement will also provide for delivery to the Trust
and the Indenture  Trustee,  concurrently with the delivery of each statement of
compliance  referred  to above,  of a  certificate  signed by an  officer of the
Master Servicer or the Administrator,  as the case may be, stating that, to such
officer's knowledge,  the Master Servicer or the Administrator,  as the case may
be,  has  fulfilled  its  obligations  under  the  Master  Servicing   Agreement
throughout  the  preceding  twelve  months  (or,  in the case of the first  such
certificate, the period from the Closing Date to December 31, 1997) or, if there
has been a default in the  fulfillment of any such  obligation,  describing each
such default.  Each of the Master Servicer and the  Administrator  has agreed to
give the Indenture  Trustee and the Eligible  Lender  Trustee  notice of certain
Master Servicer Defaults and  Administrator  Defaults,  respectively,  under the
Master Servicing Agreement.

     Copies of such  statements  and  certificates  may be  obtained by Security
holders by a request in writing addressed to the Applicable Trustee.

Certain Matters Regarding The Master Servicer

     The Master Servicing Agreement will provide that First Union may not resign
from its  obligations  and duties as Master  Servicer  thereunder,  except  upon
determination  that  First  Union's  performance  of such  duties  is no  longer
permissible  under  applicable law. No such  resignation  will become  effective
until the  Indenture  Trustee or a successor  servicer has assumed First Union's
servicing obligations and duties under the Master Servicing Agreement.

     The Master Servicing Agreement will further provide that neither the Master
Servicer nor any of its directors,  officers,  employees or agents will be under
any liability to the Trust, the Noteholders or the Certificateholders for taking
any action or for  refraining  from  taking any  action  pursuant  to the Master
Servicing Agreement, or for errors in judgment;  provided, however, that neither
the Master Servicer nor any such person will be protected  against any liability
that would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or
negligence in the performance of its duties  thereunder or by reason of reckless
disregard of  obligations  and its duties  thereunder.  In addition,  the Master
Servicing Agreement will provide that the Master Servicer is under no obligation
to appear in,  prosecute,  or defend any legal action that is not  incidental to
its servicing responsibilities under the Master Servicing Agreement and that, in
its opinion, may cause it to incur any expense or liability.

     Under the circumstances  specified in the Master Servicing  Agreement,  any
entity  into which the Master  Servicer  may be merged or  consolidated,  or any
entity  resulting from any merger or  consolidation to which the Master Servicer
is a party,  or any entity  succeeding  to the business of the Master  Servicer,
which  corporation  or other entity in each of the  foregoing  cases assumes the
obligations of the Master Servicer, will be the successor of the Master Servicer
under the Master Servicing Agreement.  Pursuant to a proposed  reorganization of
the banking  subsidiaries  of First Union  Corporation,  it is expected  that by
February  1998 First Union will merge into the Bank and the Bank will succeed to
all of First Union's  obligations as Master Servicer and Administrator under the
Trust.

Master Servicer Default; Administrator Default

     "Master Servicer Default" under the Master Servicing Agreement will consist
of (i) any failure by the Master  Servicer to deliver to the  Indenture  Trustee
for deposit in any of the Trust  Accounts (or, in the event that daily  deposits
into  the  Collection  Account  are  not  required,  to the  Administrator)  any
collections,  Guarantee  Payments or other amounts  received with respect to the
Financed Student Loans,  which failure  continues  unremedied for three business
days after  written  notice from the  Indenture  Trustee or the Eligible  Lender
Trustee is received  by the Master  Servicer  or after  discovery  by the Master
Servicer;  (ii) any failure by the Master Servicer duly to observe or perform in
any material  respect any other  covenant or  agreement in the Master  Servicing
Agreement  which  failure   materially  and  adversely  affects  the  rights  of
Noteholders or  Certificateholders  and which  continues  unremedied for 60 days
after the giving of written notice of such failure (1) to the Master Servicer by
the Indenture  Trustee,  the Eligible Lender Trustee or the Administrator or (2)
to the Master  Servicer and to the  Indenture  Trustee and the  Eligible  Lender
Trustee by holders of Notes or Certificates, as applicable,  evidencing not less
than 25% in principal  amount of the outstanding  Notes or  Certificates;  (iii)
certain events of insolvency,  readjustment  of debt,  marshalling of assets and
liabilities,  or similar  proceedings  with  respect to the Master  Servicer and
certain actions by the Master Servicer indicating its insolvency, reorganization
pursuant to bankruptcy  proceedings or inability to pay its obligations and (iv)
failure by the Master Servicer to comply with any requirements  under the Higher
Education Act resulting in a loss of its eligibility as a third-party servicer.

     "Administrator  Default"  under  the  Master  Servicing  Agreement  or  the
Administration Agreement will consist of (i)(A) in the event that daily deposits
into the Collection  Account are not required,  any failure by the Administrator
to deliver to the Indenture Trustee for deposit in any of the Trust Accounts any
required  payment on or before the business  day prior to any Monthly  Servicing
Payment Date or  Distribution  Date,  as  applicable,  or (B) any failure by the
Administrator to direct the Indenture Trustee to make any required distributions
from any of the Trust  Accounts on any  Monthly  Servicing  Payment  Date or any
Distribution  Date,  which failure in case of either clause (A) or (B) continues
unremedied  for three  business  days after  written  notice from the  Indenture
Trustee or the Eligible Lender Trustee is received by the Administrator or after
discovery by the  Administrator;  (ii) any failure by the Administrator  duly to
observe or perform in any  material  respect any other  covenant or agreement in
the  Administration  Agreement or the Master  Servicing  Agreement which failure
materially and adversely affects the rights of Noteholders or Certificateholders
and which continues unremedied for 60 days after the giving of written notice of
such failure (1) to the  Administrator by the Indenture  Trustee or the Eligible
Lender Trustee or (2) to the  Administrator and to the Indenture Trustee and the
Eligible  Lender  Trustee by holders of Notes or  Certificates,  as  applicable,
evidencing  not less than 25% in principal  amount of the  outstanding  Notes or
Certificates;  and (iii) certain  events of  insolvency,  readjustment  of debt,
marshalling of assets and  liabilities,  or similar  proceedings with respect to
the  Administrator  and  certain  actions by the  Administrator  indicating  its
insolvency or inability to pay its obligations.

Rights Upon Master Servicer Default and Administrator Default

     As long as a Master Servicer Default under the Master  Servicing  Agreement
or an  Administrator  Default  under  the  Master  Servicing  Agreement  or  the
Administration Agreement remains unremedied, the Indenture Trustee or holders of
Notes evidencing not less than 25% in principal amount of then outstanding Notes
may terminate all the rights and  obligations  of the Master  Servicer under the
Master  Servicing  Agreement,  or the  Administrator  under the Master Servicing
Agreement  and the  Administration  Agreement,  as the case may be,  whereupon a
successor  servicer or administrator  appointed by the Indenture  Trustee or the
Indenture  Trustee  will  succeed  to  all  the  responsibilities,   duties  and
liabilities of the Master Servicer under the Master Servicing Agreement,  or the
Administrator  under  the  Master  Servicing  Agreement  and the  Administration
Agreement,  as the case may be, and will be  entitled  to  similar  compensation
arrangements.  If, however,  a bankruptcy  trustee or similar  official has been
appointed for the Master Servicer or the  Administrator,  and no Master Servicer
Default or Administrator Default other than such appointment has occurred,  such
trustee or official may have the power to prevent the  Indenture  Trustee or the
Noteholders  from  effecting  such a transfer.  In the event that the  Indenture
Trustee is unwilling or unable to so act, it may appoint, or petition a court of
competent  jurisdiction  for the  appointment  of, a  successor  servicer  whose
regular  business  includes  the  servicing  of  student  loans  or a  successor
administrator  whose regular business includes  administering  trusts containing
pools of loans or receivables.  The Indenture Trustee may make such arrangements
for  compensation  to be  paid,  which  in no  event  may be  greater  than  the
compensation to the Master Servicer under the Master Servicing  Agreement or the
Administrator  under  the  Master  Servicing  Agreement  and the  Administration
Agreement,  as the case may be, unless such  compensation  arrangements will not
result in a downgrading of the Notes and the  Certificates by any Rating Agency.
In the event a Master Servicer Default or an Administrator Default occurs and is
continuing,  the Indenture  Trustee or the Noteholders,  as described above, may
remove the Master Servicer or the Administrator, as the case may be, without the
consent  of the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee  or  any  of the  Certificateholders.
Moreover,  only the Indenture  Trustee or the Noteholders,  and not the Eligible
Lender Trustee or the Certificateholders'  have the ability to remove the Master
Servicer or the Administrator,  as the case may be, if a Master Servicer Default
or an Administrator Default occurs and is continuing.

Waiver of Past Defaults

     The holders of Notes  evidencing at least a majority in principal amount of
the then outstanding  Notes (or the holders of Certificates  evidencing not less
than a  majority  of the  outstanding  Certificate  Balance,  in the case of any
default  which  does  not  adversely   affect  the  Indenture   Trustee  or  the
Noteholders) may, on behalf of all Noteholders and Certificateholders' waive any
default by the Master Servicer in the  performance of its obligations  under the
Master  Servicing  Agreement,  or  any  default  by  the  Administrator  of  its
obligations  under  the  Master  Servicing   Agreement  and  the  Administration
Agreement,  as the case may be,  and  their  respective  consequences,  except a
default in making any  required  deposits to or  payments  from any of the Trust
Accounts or giving instructions regarding the same in accordance with the Master
Servicing  Agreement.  Therefore,  the Noteholders  have the ability,  except as
noted above,  to waive  defaults by the Master  Servicer  and the  Administrator
which could materially adversely affect the  Certificateholders.  No such waiver
will impair the Noteholders,  or the Certificateholders'  rights with respect to
subsequent defaults.

     Unless and until  Definitive  Securities  are issued,  holders of Notes and
Certificates  will not be recognized  by the  Indenture  Trustee or the Eligible
Lender Trustee as "Noteholders" or "Certificateholders",  as the case may be (as
such terms are used in the  Indenture  and the Trust  Agreement,  respectively).
Hence, until Definitive  Securities are issued,  holders of such Securities will
only be able to exercise the rights of  Securityholders  indirectly through DTC,
Cedel or Euroclear and their respective participating organizations.

Amendment

     The  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements  may be  amended  by the  parties
thereto,  without the consent of the Noteholders or the  Certificateholders' for
the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating
any of the  provisions of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements or of modifying
in any manner the rights of  Noteholders  or  Certificateholders;  provided that
such action will not, in the opinion of counsel  satisfactory  to the  Indenture
Trustee and the Eligible  Lender  Trustee,  materially and adversely  affect the
interest of any  Noteholder  or  Certificateholder.  The Transfer and  Servicing
Agreements  may also be amended by the  Seller,  the  Administrator,  the Master
Servicer,  the Eligible Lender Trustee and the Indenture Trustee, as applicable,
with the  consent of the  holders  of Notes  evidencing  at least a majority  in
principal amount of the then  outstanding  Notes and the holders of Certificates
evidencing  at least a majority  of the  Certificate  Balance for the purpose of
adding any  provisions  to or changing in any manner or  eliminating  any of the
provisions  of such  Transfer and  Servicing  Agreements  or of modifying in any
manner the rights of Noteholders or the Certificateholders;  provided,  however,
that no such  amendment  may (i) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of,
or accelerate or delay the timing of,  collections  of payments  (including  any
Guarantee  Payments) with respect to the Financed Student Loans or distributions
that  are  required  to be  made  for  the  benefit  of the  Noteholders  or the
Certificateholders  or (ii)  reduce  the  aforesaid  percentage  of the Notes or
Certificates  which are required to consent to any such  amendment,  without the
consent of the holders of all the outstanding Notes and Certificates.

Insolvency Event

     If any of certain  events of insolvency or  receivership,  readjustment  of
debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities, or similar proceedings with respect
to the Seller or certain  actions by the Seller  indicating  its  insolvency  or
inability to pay its  obligations  (each,  an "Insolvency  Event")  occurs,  the
Financed  Student Loans will be  liquidated  and the Trust will be terminated 90
days after the date of such  Insolvency  Event,  unless,  before the end of such
90-day  period,   the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee  shall  have  received  written
instructions  from the  holders  of the  Certificates  (other  than the  Seller)
representing  more  than 50% of the  aggregate  unpaid  principal  amount of the
Certificates  (not including the principal  amount of  Certificates  held by the
Seller) to the effect  that such group  disapproves  of the  liquidation  of the
Financed  Student  Loans  and  termination  of the  Trust.  Promptly  after  the
occurrence of any  Insolvency  Event,  notice thereof is required to be given to
Noteholders and Certificateholders;  provided, however, that any failure to give
such required  notice will not prevent or delay  termination of the Trust.  Upon
termination of the Trust,  the Eligible Lender Trustee will direct the Indenture
Trustee promptly to sell the assets of the Trust (other than the Trust Accounts)
in a commercially  reasonable  manner and on commercially  reasonable terms. The
proceeds from any such sale,  disposition or liquidation of the Financed Student
Loans will be treated as  collections  thereon and  deposited in the  Collection
Account.  If the proceeds from the liquidation of the Financed Student Loans and
any amounts on deposit in the  Reserve  Account  are not  sufficient  to pay the
Notes in full,  the amount of  principal  returned  to the  Noteholders  will be
reduced  and  the  Noteholders  will  incur  a loss.  If  such  amounts  are not
sufficient  to pay the  Notes  and the  Certificates  in  full,  the  amount  of
principal   returned  to  the   Certificateholders   will  be  reduced  and  the
Certificateholders will incur a loss.

     The Trust Agreement provides that the Eligible Lender Trustee does not have
the power to commence a voluntary proceeding in bankruptcy relating to the Trust
without the unanimous prior approval of all  Certificateholders and the delivery
to the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee  by each  Certificateholder  of a  certificate
certifying  that such  Certificateholder  reasonably  believes that the Trust is
insolvent.

Payment of Notes

     Upon the payment in full of all outstanding  Notes and the satisfaction and
discharge of the Indenture,  the Eligible Lender Trustee will succeed to all the
rights of the Indenture Trustee, and the Certificateholders  will succeed to all
the rights of the  Noteholders,  under the Sale  Agreement,  except as otherwise
provided therein.

[Seller Liability

     Under the Trust  Agreement,  the Seller will agree to be liable directly to
an  injured  party for the  entire  amount of any  losses,  claims,  damages  or
liabilities (other than those incurred by a Noteholder or a Certificateholder in
the capacity of an investor) arising out of or based on the arrangement  created
by the Trust Agreement as though such  arrangement  created a partnership  under
the Delaware  Revised Uniform Limited  Partnership Act in which the Seller was a
general partner.]

Termination

     The obligations of the Master Servicer, the Seller, the Administrator,  the
Eligible Lender Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee  pursuant to the Transfer and
Servicing  Agreements will terminate upon (i) the maturity or other  liquidation
of the last Financed  Student Loan and the  disposition  of any amount  received
upon liquidation of any remaining Financed Student Loans and (ii) the payment to
the Noteholders and the Certificateholders of all amounts required to be paid to
them  pursuant  to the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements.  In order to avoid
excessive  administrative  expense,  the  Seller is  permitted  at its option to
repurchase  from the Eligible  Lender  Trustee,  as of the end of any Collection
Period  immediately  preceding a Distribution Date, if the then outstanding Pool
Balance is [5]% or less of the Initial  Pool  Balance,  all  remaining  Financed
Student Loans at a price equal to the Minimum Purchase Amount,  resulting in the
concurrent  retirement of the  Securities.  Upon  termination of the Trust,  all
right,  title and interest in the Financed  Student Loans and other funds of the
Trust,  after  giving  effect  to any final  distributions  to  Noteholders  and
Certificateholders therefrom, will be conveyed and transferred to the Seller.

     Any  Financed  Student  Loans  remaining  in the Trust as of the end of the
Collection Period immediately  following the Distribution Date on which the Pool
Balance is less than or equal to 10% of the Initial Pool Balance will be offered
for sale by the Indenture  Trustee as of the succeeding  Distribution  Date (the
"Auction  Distribution  Date").  First Union, its affiliates and unrelated third
parties  may offer  bids to  purchase  such  Financed  Student  Loans as of such
succeeding  Distribution Date. If at least two bids are received,  the Indenture
Trustee will solicit and  resolicit  bids from all  participating  bidders until
only one bid remains or the  remaining  bidders  decline to resubmit  bids.  The
Indenture  Trustee will accept the highest of such remaining bids if it is equal
to or in excess of the higher of the Minimum Purchase Amount and the fair market
value of such  Financed  Student  Loans as of the end of the  Collection  Period
immediately  preceding the Auction  Distribution  Date. If at least two bids are
not received or the highest bid after the resolicitation process is completed is
not equal to or in excess of the higher of the Minimum  Purchase  Amount and the
fair market value of the Financed Student Loans, the Indenture  Trustee will not
consummate such sale. The Indenture  Trustee may consult,  and, at the direction
of  the  Seller,  shall  consult,  with  a  financial  advisor,   including  the
Underwriters or the Administrator,  to determine if the fair market value of the
Financed Student Loans has been offered.  The net proceeds of any such sale will
be  used  to  redeem  any  outstanding  Notes  and  to  retire  any  outstanding
Certificates on such Auction  Distribution  Date. If the sale is not consummated
in accordance  with the foregoing,  the Indenture  Trustee may, but shall not be
under any obligation to, solicit bids to purchase the Financed  Student Loans on
future  Distribution  Dates upon terms similar to those described  above. In the
event the Financed  Student Loans are not sold in accordance with the foregoing,
on each  subsequent  Distribution  Date, if the amount on deposit in the Reserve
Account  (after giving  effect to all  withdrawals  therefrom on a  Distribution
Date,   except   withdrawals   payable   to  the   Seller   other   than   as  a
Certificateholder)  is in excess of the Specified  Reserve  Account  Balance for
such Distribution  Date, the Administrator  will direct the Indenture Trustee to
distribute the amount of such excess as an accelerated  payments of principal on
the Notes and Certificates. "Minimum Purchase Amount" means an amount that would
be sufficient to (i) reduce the  outstanding  principal  amount of each class of
Notes  then  outstanding  on  such  Distribution  Date  to  zero,  (ii)  pay  to
Noteholders  the  Noteholders'  Interest  Distribution  Amount  payable  on such
Distribution Date, (iii) reduce the Certificate Balance to zero, (iv) pay to the
Certificateholders the Certificateholders'  Interest Distribution Amount payable
on such  Distribution  Date and (v) pay the aggregate  fees and expenses of such
auction.

Administrator

     First  Union,  in its  capacity  as  Administrator,  will  enter  into  the
Administration Agreement with the Trust and the Indenture Trustee and the Master
Servicing  Agreement  with the Trust,  the Seller,  the Master  Servicer and the
Eligible Lender Trustee,  pursuant to which the Administrator will agree, to the
extent  provided  therein,  (i)  in the  event  that  daily  deposits  into  the
Collection  Account are not required,  to deliver to the  Indenture  Trustee for
deposit  in any of the Trust  Accounts  any  required  payment  on or before the
business day prior to any Monthly  Servicing  Payment  Date or any  Distribution
Date, as applicable,  (ii) to direct the Indenture  Trustee to make the required
distributions from the Trust Accounts on each Monthly Servicing Payment Date and
each  Distribution  Date,  (iii) to prepare  (based on the  quarterly and annual
reports received from the Master  Servicer) and provide  monthly,  quarterly and
annual  statements to the Eligible Lender Trustee and the Indenture Trustee with
respect to distributions to Noteholders and  Certificateholders  and any related
federal income tax reporting  information and (iv) to provide the notices and to
perform other administrative  obligations  required by the Indenture,  the Trust
Agreement  and  the  Master  Servicing   Agreement.   As  compensation  for  the
performance  of  the   Administrator's   obligations  under  the  Administration
Agreement  and the  Master  Servicing  Agreement  and as  reimbursement  for its
expenses   related   thereto,   the   Administrator   will  be  entitled  to  an
administration fee in an amount equal to ---------- (the "Administration Fee").


               CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE FINANCED STUDENT LOANS

Transfer of Financed Student Loans

     The Seller intends that the transfer of the Financed Student Loans by it to
the Eligible Lender Trustee on behalf of the Trust  constitutes a valid sale and
assignment of such Financed Student Loans. In addition, the Seller has taken and
will take all actions that are required  under  applicable  state law to perfect
the Eligible Lender Trustee's  ownership  interest in the Financed Student Loans
and the collections with respect thereto.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the
transfer  of the  Financed  Student  Loans  is  deemed  to be an  assignment  of
collateral as security for the benefit of the Trust,  the Financed Student Loans
would be considered  general  intangibles for purposes of the applicable Uniform
Commercial  Code (the  "UCC").  If such  transfer is deemed to create a security
interest,  the UCC  applies and filing an  appropriate  financing  statement  or
statements  is also required in order to perfect the Eligible  Lender  Trustee's
security  interest.  A financing  statement or statements  covering the Financed
Student  Loans  will be filed  under  the UCC to  protect  the  interest  of the
Eligible  Lender Trustee in the event the transfer by the Seller is deemed to be
subject to the UCC. If a transfer of general intangibles is deemed to be a sale,
then the UCC is not  applicable  and no further action under the UCC is required
to protect the Eligible Lender Trustee's interest from third parties.

     If the transfer of the Financed Student Loans is deemed to be an assignment
as  security  for  the  benefit  of  the  Trust,   there  are  certain   limited
circumstances under the UCC in which prior or subsequent transferees of Financed
Student  Loans  coming  into  existence  after the  Closing  Date  could have an
interest in such Financed  Student Loans with priority over the Eligible  Lender
Trustee's  interest.  A tax or other  government  lien on property of the Seller
arising prior to the time a Financed  Student Loan comes into existence may also
have priority over the interest of the Eligible  Lender Trustee in such Financed
Student  Loan.  Furthermore,  if  the  FDIC  were  appointed  as a  receiver  or
conservator  of the Seller,  the FDIC's  administrative  expenses  may also have
priority  over the  interest of the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee in such  Financed
Student Loans. Under the Sale Agreement,  however,  the Seller will warrant that
it has transferred the Financed  Student Loans to the Eligible Lender Trustee on
behalf of the Trust free and clear of the lien of any third party.  In addition,
the Seller will  covenant  that it will not sell,  pledge,  assign,  transfer or
grant any lien on any Financed Student Loan (or any interest therein) other than
to the Eligible Lender Trustee on behalf of the Trust, except as provided below.

     Pursuant  to  the  Master  Servicing  Agreement,  the  Master  Servicer  as
custodian  on behalf of the Trust will be  responsible  for, and will cause each
Subservicer,   pursuant  to  the  respective   Subservicing   Agreement,  to  be
responsible  for  maintaining  custody of the  promissory  notes  evidencing the
Financed  Student Loans following the sale of the Financed  Student Loans to the
Eligible Lender  Trustee.  Although the accounts of the Seller will be marked to
indicate the sale and although the Seller will cause UCC financing statements to
be filed with the appropriate  authorities,  the Financed Student Loans will not
be  physically  segregated,  stamped or otherwise  marked to indicate  that such
Financed  Student  Loans  have been sold to the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee.  If,
through  inadvertence or otherwise,  any of the Financed Student Loans were sold
to another party, or a security  interest therein were granted to another party,
that purchased (or took such security  interest in) any of such Financed Student
Loans  in the  ordinary  course  of its  business  and took  possession  of such
Financed  Student Loans,  then the purchaser (or secured party) would acquire an
interest in the Financed  Student Loans superior to the interest of the Eligible
Lender Trustee if the purchaser (or secured party)  acquired (or took a security
interest  in) the  Financed  Student  Loans  for new value  and  without  actual
knowledge of the Eligible Lender  Trustee's  interest.  See  "Description of the
Transfer  and  Servicing   Agreements  --  Sale  of  Financed   Student   Loans;
Representations and Warranties" and -- Master Servicer Covenants".

Certain Matters Relating to Receivership

     The FDIA,  as amended by FIRREA,  sets forth  certain  powers that the FDIC
could exercise if it were appointed as receiver or conservator of the Seller.

     Subject to clarification by FDIC regulations or  interpretations,  it would
appear from the positions  taken by the FDIC that the FDIC, in its capacity as a
receiver or  conservator  for the Seller,  would not  interfere  with the timely
transfer to the Trust of collections with respect to the Financed Student Loans.
To the extent  that the  transfer  of the  Financed  Student  Loans is deemed to
create a security  interest,  and that interest was validly perfected before the
Seller's insolvency and was not taken in contemplation of insolvency or with the
intent to hinder,  delay or  defraud  the  Seller or its  creditors,  based upon
opinions  and  statements  of policy  issued by the general  counsel of the FDIC
addressing the enforceability against the FDIC, as conservator or receiver for a
depository  institution,  of a security  interest in collateral  granted by such
depository  institution,  such  security  interest  should  not  be  subject  to
avoidance  and payments to the Trust with respect to the Financed  Student Loans
should  not be  subject  to stay or to  recovery  by the  FDIC  as  receiver  or
conservator  of the  Seller.  If,  however,  the FDIC were to assert a  contrary
position,  certain  provisions  of the FDIA may be  asserted  by the  FDIC,  and
thereby  possibly  result in delays and  reductions in payments on the Notes and
the Certificates. In addition, if the FDIC were to require the Indenture Trustee
or the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee to  establish  its right to such  payments  by
submitting to and completing the administrative claims procedure under the FDIA,
as amended by FIRREA,  delays in payments on the Notes and the  Certificates and
possible reductions in the amount of those payments could occur.

     In the  event of a Master  Servicer  Default  or an  Administrator  Default
resulting  solely from certain events of insolvency or bankruptcy that may occur
with respect to the Master Servicer or the Administrator,  a court, conservator,
receiver  or  liquidator  may have the power to  prevent  either  the  Indenture
Trustee  or  Noteholders   from  appointing  a  successor   Master  Servicer  or
Administrator,  as the  case  may  be.  See  "Description  of the  Transfer  and
Servicing  Agreements -- Rights Upon Master Servicer  Default and  Administrator
Default".

Consumer Protection Laws

     Numerous federal and state consumer protection laws and related regulations
impose substantial  requirements upon lenders and servicers involved in consumer
finance.  Also,  some  state  laws  impose  finance  charge  ceilings  and other
restrictions on certain consumer  transactions and require contract  disclosures
in addition to those  required  under  federal law.  These  requirements  impose
specific  statutory  liabilities  upon  lenders  who fail to comply  with  their
provisions.  In  certain  circumstances,  the Trust may be  liable  for  certain
violations of consumer protection laws that apply to the Financed Student Loans,
either as  assignee  from the Seller or as the party  directly  responsible  for
obligations  arising after the transfer.  For a discussion of the Trust's rights
if the Financed  Student Loans were not  originated or serviced in compliance in
all material respects with applicable laws, see "Description of the Transfer and
Servicing  Agreements -- Sale of Financed  Student  Loans;  Representations  and
Warranties" and " -- Master Servicer Covenants".

Loan Origination and Servicing Procedures Applicable to Financed Student Loans

     The Higher Education Act, including the implementing regulations thereunder
impose  specified  requirements,  guidelines  and  procedures  with  respect  to
originating  and  servicing  Student Loans such as the Financed  Student  Loans.
Generally,   those  procedures  require  that  completed  loan  applications  be
processed, a determination of whether an applicant is an eligible borrower under
applicable  standards  (including a review of a financial need analysis be made,
the borrower's  responsibilities  under the loan be explained to him or her, the
promissory  note  evidencing  the loan be executed by the borrower and then that
the loan proceeds be disbursed in a specified  manner by the lender).  After the
loan is made,  the lender  must  establish  repayment  terms with the  borrower,
properly  administer  Deferrals  and  Forbearances  and credit the  borrower for
payments made thereon.  If a borrower  becomes  delinquent in repaying a loan, a
lender  or  a  servicing  agent  must  perform  certain  collection   procedures
(primarily  telephone  calls and demand  letters)  which vary depending upon the
length of time a loan is delinquent.  The Master Servicer has agreed pursuant to
the Master Servicing Agreement to perform collection and servicing procedures on
behalf of the Trust.  However,  failure to follow these procedures or failure of
the Seller to follow  procedures  relating to the  origination  of any  Financed
Student  Loans  could  result in adverse  consequences.  In the case of any such
Financed  Student  Loans,  any such  failure  could  result in the  Department's
refusal to make  reinsurance  payments  to the  Guarantors  or to make  Interest
Subsidy Payments and Special  Allowance  Payments to the Eligible Lender Trustee
with respect to such  Financed  Student Loans or in the  Guarantors'  refusal to
honor their  Guarantee  Agreements with the Eligible Lender Trustee with respect
to such Financed Student Loans. Failure of the Guarantors to receive reinsurance
payments from the Department could adversely  affect the Guarantors'  ability or
legal obligation to make Guarantee  Payments to the Eligible Lender Trustee with
respect to such Financed Student Loans.

     Loss of any such Guarantee  Payments,  Interest Subsidy Payments or Special
Allowance  Payments could adversely  affect the amount of Available Funds on any
Distribution  Date and the Trust's  ability to pay principal and interest on the
Notes and to make  distributions in respect of the  Certificates.  Under certain
circumstances,  pursuant  to the  Master  Servicing  Agreement,  the  Seller  is
obligated to repurchase  any Financed  Student  Loan, or the Master  Servicer is
obligated  to  purchase  any  Financed   Student   Loan,  if  a  breach  of  the
representations,  warranties or covenants of the Seller or the Master  Servicer,
as the case may be, with  respect to such  Financed  Student Loan has a material
adverse effect on the interest of the Trust therein and such breach is not cured
within any applicable cure period (it being understood that any such breach that
does not affect any Guarantor's obligation to guarantee payment of such Financed
Student Loan will not be considered to have such a material adverse effect). See
"Description  of the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements  -- Sale of  Financed
Student  Loans;  Representations  and  Warranties"  and  "  --  Master  Servicer
Covenants".  The  failure of the Seller or the Master  Servicer to so purchase a
Financed  Student  Loan  would  constitute  a  breach  of the  Master  Servicing
Agreement,  enforceable by the Eligible Lender Trustee on behalf of the Trust or
by the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders,  but would not constitute
an Event of Default under the Indenture.

Student Loans Generally Not Subject to Discharge in Bankruptcy

     The Financed Student Loans are generally not dischargeable by a borrower in
bankruptcy pursuant to the Federal bankruptcy code, unless (A) such Student Loan
first became due before seven years  (exclusive of any applicable  suspension of
the repayment  period)  before the date of the  bankruptcy or (B) excepting such
debt from discharge will impose an undue hardship on the debtor and the debtor's
dependents.

                     CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     The  following  is  a  general   summary  of  certain  federal  income  tax
consequences  of the purchase,  ownership and  disposition  of the Notes and the
Certificates.  The  summary  does not  purport to deal with  federal  income tax
consequences  applicable  to all  categories  of  holders,  some of which may be
subject to special rules. For example,  it does not discuss the tax treatment of
Noteholders  or  Certificateholders  that are  insurance  companies,  banks  and
certain other financial institutions,  regulated investment companies or dealers
in securities.  Moreover, there are no cases or Internal Revenue Service ("IRS")
rulings on similar transactions  involving both debt and equity interests issued
by a trust with terms similar to those of the Notes and the  Certificates.  As a
result,  the IRS  may  disagree  with  all or a part  of the  discussion  below.
Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors in determining
the federal, state, local, foreign and any other tax consequences to them of the
purchase, ownership and disposition of the Notes and the Certificates.

     The  following  summary is based upon  current  provisions  of the Internal
Revenue  Code of  1986,  as  amended  (the  "Code"),  the  Treasury  regulations
promulgated  thereunder  and  judicial  or  ruling  authority,  all of which are
subject to change,  which change may be retroactive.  The Trust will be provided
with an opinion of federal  tax counsel  regarding  certain  federal  income tax
matters  discussed  below.  An opinion of Federal tax counsel,  however,  is not
binding on the IRS or the courts. No ruling on any of the issues discussed below
will be sought from the IRS.

Tax Characterization of the Trust

     Federal tax  counsel  will  deliver its opinion at closing,  subject to the
assumptions and qualifications therein, and based on representations  referenced
therein, that, although not free from doubt, the Trust will not be classified as
an association  (or publicly  traded  partnership)  taxable as a corporation for
federal income tax purposes.  The opinion will be based on the  assumption  that
the terms of the Trust Agreement and related documents will be complied with, on
certain  representations,  and on counsel's  conclusions that (1) the Trust will
have  certain   characteristics   and  will   affirmatively   elect  not  to  be
characterized  as an association  taxable as a corporation and (2) the structure
of the  Trust  will  exempt  it from  the  rule  that  certain  publicly  traded
partnerships are taxable as corporations.

     If the Trust were taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes,
the Trust would be subject to corporate  income tax on its taxable  income.  The
Trust's  taxable  income would  include all its income on the  Financed  Student
Loans,  and  should be reduced by its  interest  expense on the Notes.  Any such
corporate income tax would materially  reduce cash available to make payments on
the Notes and distributions on the Certificates, and Certificateholders could be
liable for any such tax that is unpaid by the Trust. Likewise, if the Trust were
subject to [state]  income tax or franchise tax, the amount of cash available to
make payments on the Notes would be reduced.

     Even if the Trust were not an  association  taxable as a corporation  under
the rules described  above, it would still be subject to corporate income tax if
it were a  "publicly  traded  partnership"  taxable as a  corporation.  However,
although the matter is not free from doubt,  because of the nature of the income
of the Trust, the Trust will not be a publicly traded  partnership  taxable as a
corporation.

Tax Consequences to Holders of the Notes

     Treatment  of the Notes as  Indebtedness.  The Seller will  agree,  and the
Noteholders  will agree by their  purchase of Notes,  to treat the Notes as debt
for federal income tax purposes.  Federal tax counsel will deliver an opinion to
the Trust at closing that,  based on the terms of the Notes and the transactions
relating to the Financed  Student Loans as set forth  herein,  the Notes will be
classified  as debt for  federal  income tax  purposes.  There is,  however,  no
specific authority with respect to the characterization of the Notes for Federal
income tax  purposes  of  securities  having  the same  terms as the Notes.  The
discussion below assumes that the Notes will be characterized as debt.

     Stated  Interest.  Stated interest on the Notes will be taxable as ordinary
income for federal  income tax purposes  when  received or accrued in accordance
with the method of tax  accounting  of the  beneficial  owner of a Note (a "Note
Owner").

     Original Issue  Discount.  The  discussion  below assumes that the interest
formula for the Notes meets the  requirements  for "qualified  stated  interest"
under Treasury  regulations (the "OID  Regulations")  relating to original issue
discount ("OID").  However, because of limitations on the payment of interest on
the Notes to the extent of the Trust's having insufficient  Available Funds, the
IRS may contend that the Notes should be treated as having been issued with OID.
In such case, Note Owners  (regardless of whether they otherwise use the cash or
accrual method of accounting) would be required to include interest on the Notes
in  taxable  income on an  accrual  basis.  However,  until  the IRS  determines
otherwise,  the Trust intends to take the position that the Notes are not issued
with  OID.  A  holder  who  purchases  a Note at a  discount  that  exceeds  the
statutorily  defined de minimis  amount  will be subject to the market  discount
rules of the  Code,  and a holder  who  purchases  a Note at a  premium  will be
subject to the premium amortization rules of the Code.

     [A Note will be  treated  as issued  with OID if the  excess of the  Note's
"stated  redemption  price at maturity" over its issue price equals or exceeds a
de minimis  amount  equal to 1/4 of 1 percent of the  Note's  stated  redemption
price at maturity  multiplied  by the number of years (based on the  anticipated
weighted average life of the Notes,  calculated using the prepayment  assumption
used in pricing  the Notes  (the  "Prepayment  Assumption")  and  weighing  each
payment by reference  to the number of full years  elapsed from the closing date
prior to the anticipated date of such payment) to its maturity.  Generally,  the
issue price of a Class of Notes should be the first price at which a substantial
amount  of such  Class  of  Notes  is  sold  to  other  than  placement  agents,
underwriters, brokers or wholesalers. The stated redemption price at maturity of
a Note is generally  equal to all payments on the Note,  other than  payments of
"qualified  stated  interest."  Qualified stated interest  payments are interest
payments on the Notes that are  unconditionally  payable at least  annually at a
single  fixed  rate (or  certain  variable  rates)  applied  to the  outstanding
principal  amount of the obligation.  Assuming that interest is qualified stated
interest,  the  stated  redemption  price is  generally  expected  to equal  the
principal  amount of the Note.  Any de minimis OID must be included in income as
principal  payments are received on the Notes in the  proportion  that each such
payment bears to the original principal balance of the Note.]

     [If the Notes are treated as issued with OID, a Note Owner will be required
to include OID in income before the receipt of cash  attributable to such income
using a constant yield method. The amount of OID generally  includible in income
is the sum of the  daily  portions  of OID with  respect  to a Note for each day
during the taxable  year or portion of the taxable  year in which the Note Owner
holds the Note.  Special  provisions apply to debt instruments on which payments
may be accelerated due to prepayments of other  obligations  securing those debt
instruments.  Under  these  provisions,  the  computation  of OID on  such  debt
instruments  must be  determined  by taking  into  account  both the  Prepayment
Assumption  used in  pricing  the  debt  instrument  and the  actual  prepayment
experience.  As a result of these special  provisions,  the amount of OID on the
Notes  issued with OID that will accrue in any given  accrual  period may either
increase or decrease  depending  upon the actual  prepayment  rate.  Note Owners
should  consult their own tax advisors  regarding the impact of the OID rules in
the event that Notes are issued with OID.]

     [The  adjusted  issue  price of a Note is the sum of its issue  price  plus
prior  accruals of OID,  reduced by the total payments made with respect to such
Note in all prior periods, other than "qualified stated interest" payments.]

     Market Discount. The Notes, whether or not issued with OID, will be subject
to the "market  discount  rules" of Section 1276 of the Code. In general,  these
rules  provide that if the Note Owner  purchases  the Note at a market  discount
(that is, a discount  from its stated  redemption  price at maturity  or, if the
Notes were  issued with OID,  adjusted  issue  price) that  exceeds a de minimis
amount  specified  in  the  Code  and  thereafter  (a)  recognizes  gain  upon a
disposition,  or (b) receives payments of principal, the lesser of (i) such gain
or principal  payment,  or (ii) the accrued  market  discount,  will be taxed as
ordinary  interest  income.  Generally,  market discount accrues in the ratio of
stated interest  allocable to the relevant period to the sum of the interest for
such period plus the remaining  interest as of the end of such period, or in the
case of a Note issued  with OID,  in the ratio of OID  accrued for the  relevant
period to the sum of the OID accrued for such period plus the  remaining  OID as
of the end of such period. A Note Owner may elect, however, to determine accrued
market discount under the constant yield method.

     Limitations imposed by the Code which are intended to match deductions with
the  taxation  of income  may defer  deductions  for  interest  on  indebtedness
incurred or continued,  or short-sale expenses incurred,  to purchase or carry a
Note with  accrued  market  discount.  A Note Owner may elect to include  market
discount  in gross  income as it accrues  and,  if such Note Owner makes such an
election,  is exempt from this rule.  Any such  election  will apply to all debt
instruments  acquired  by the  taxpayer  on or after  the first day of the first
taxable  year to which  such  election  applies.  The  adjusted  basis of a Note
subject to such election will be increased to reflect market  discount  included
in gross income,  thereby  reducing any gain or increasing any loss on a sale or
taxable disposition.

     Election to Treat All Interest as Original Issue Discount. A Note Owner may
elect to include in gross income all  interest  that accrues on a Note using the
constant  yield  method  described  above  under the heading  "--Original  Issue
Discount," with  modifications  described  below. For purposes of this election,
interest includes stated interest,  acquisition  discount,  OID, de minimis OID,
market discount,  de minimis market discount and unstated interest,  as adjusted
by any amortizable  bond premium  (described  below under " -- Amortizable  Bond
Premium") or acquisition premium.

     In applying the constant  yield method to a Note with respect to which this
election  has been made,  the issue  price of the Note will  equal the  adjusted
basis of the electing Note Owner in the Note immediately  after its acquisition,
the issue date of the Note will be the date of its  acquisition  by the electing
Note Owner, and no payments on the Note will be treated as payments of qualified
stated  interest.  This  election  will  generally  apply  only to the Note with
respect to which it is made and may not be revoked  without  the  consent of the
IRS. Note Owners should consult their own tax advisors as to the effect in their
circumstances of making this election.

     Amortizable Bond Premium. In general, if a Note Owner purchases a note at a
premium  (that is, an amount in excess of the amount  payable  upon the maturity
thereof),  such Note Owner will be considered to have  purchased  such Note with
"amortizable  bond premium" equal to the amount of such excess.  Such Note Owner
may elect to amortize such bond premium as an offset to interest  income and not
as a separate  deduction  item as it accrues under a constant  yield method over
the remaining term of the Note.  Such Note Owner's tax basis in the Note will be
reduced by the amount of the  amortized  bond premium.  Any such election  shall
apply to all debt  instruments  (other than instruments the interest on which is
excludable  from gross  income)  held by the Note Owner at the  beginning of the
first taxable year for which the election applies or thereafter  acquired and is
irrevocable  without  the consent of the IRS.  Bond  premium on a Note held by a
Note Owner who does not elect to amortize the premium will  decrease the gain or
increase the loss otherwise recognized on the disposition of the Note.

     Disposition  of Notes.  The  adjusted tax basis of a Note Owner will be its
cost,  increased by the amount of any OID,  market  discount and gain previously
included  in income with  respect to the Note,  and reduced by the amount of any
payments on the Note that is not  qualified  stated  interest  and the amount of
bond premium  previously  amortized  with respect to the Note. A Note Owner will
generally  recognize  gain or loss on the sale or  retirement of a Note equal to
the difference between the amount realized on the sale or retirement and the tax
basis of the Note. Such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss (except to the
extent  attributable  to accrued but unpaid interest or as described above under
"-- Market  Discount," and, in the event of a prepayment or redemption,  any not
yet accrued OID) and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the Note was held
for more than one year.  Capital  losses  generally  may be deducted only to the
extent the Note Owner has capital  gains for the taxable  year,  although  under
certain  circumstances  non-corporate  Note Owners can deduct  capital losses in
excess of available capital gains.

[Waivers and Amendments

     The  Indenture  will permit the Note Owners to waive an event of default or
rescind an  acceleration of the Notes in some  circumstances  upon a vote of the
requisite  percentage  of Note  Owners.  Any such waiver or  rescission,  or any
amendment  of the terms of the Notes,  could be treated for  federal  income tax
purposes as a constructive  exchange by a Note Owner of the Notes for new notes,
upon which gain or loss would be recognized.]

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

     The Indenture  Trustee will be required to report  annually to the IRS, and
to each Note  Owner,  the amount of  interest  paid on the Notes (and the amount
withheld for federal income taxes, if any) for each calendar year,  except as to
exempt recipients (generally, corporations, tax exempt organizations,  qualified
pension  and  profit-sharing   trusts,   individual   retirement  accounts,   or
nonresident  aliens who provide  certification  as to their  status).  Each Note
Owner (other than Note Owners who are not subject to the reporting requirements)
will  be  required  to  provide,  under  penalties  of  perjury,  a  certificate
containing   the  Note  Owner's  name,   address,   correct   federal   taxpayer
identification  number (which includes a social security number) and a statement
that the Holder is not subject to backup  withholding.  Should a non-exempt Note
Owner fail to provide the  required  certification  or should the IRS notify the
Indenture  Trustee or the [Issuer] that the Note Owner has provided an incorrect
federal  taxpayer  identification  number  or is  otherwise  subject  to  backup
withholding,  the Indenture Trustee will be required to withhold (or cause to be
withheld) 31% of the interest otherwise payable to the Note Owner, and remit the
withheld  amounts to the IRS as a credit against the Note Owner's federal income
tax liability.

     Proposed regulations ("Withholding  Proposals").) discussed below under "--
Tax Consequences to Foreign Investors" would, if finalized in their current form
and upon becoming  effective,  modify the foregoing rules conform them generally
to the rules proposed therein with respect to withholding of U.S. tax on certain
payments to foreign persons. Prospective Note Owners who are foreign persons are
urged to consult their own tax advisors  with respect to the possible  impact of
the Withholding Proposals on their particular situations.

Tax Consequences to Foreign Investors

     The following  information  describes the U.S. federal income tax treatment
of investors  that are not U.S.  persons (each,  a "Foreign  Person").  The term
"Foreign  Person"  means any person  other than (i) a citizen or resident of the
United States,  (ii) a corporation,  partnership or other entity organized in or
under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof,  (iii)
an estate the income of which is  includible  in gross  income for U.S.  federal
income  tax  purposes,   regardless  of  its  source,  or  (iv)  a  trust  whose
administration  is subject to the primary  supervision  of a United States court
and which has one or more United  States  fiduciaries  who have the authority to
control all substantial decisions of the trust.

               (a)  Interest  paid or  accrued to a Foreign  Person  that is not
          effectively  connected with the conduct of a trade or business  within
          the United States by the Foreign Person,  will generally be considered
          "portfolio  interest"  and  generally  will not be  subject  to United
          States federal income tax and withholding  tax, as long as the Foreign
          Person  (i)  is  not   actually  or   constructively   a  "10  percent
          shareholder"  of the [Issuer or First Union] or a "controlled  foreign
          corporation"  with  respect to which the [Issuer or First  Union] is a
          "related  person" within the meaning of the Code, and (ii) provides an
          appropriate statement,  signed under penalties of perjury,  certifying
          that the  holder  is a  Foreign  Person  and  providing  that  Foreign
          Person's  name  and  address.  If the  information  provided  in  this
          statement  changes,  the Foreign  Person must so inform the  Indenture
          Trustee within 30 days of such change. The statement generally must be
          provided  in  the  year a  payment  occurs  or in  either  of the  two
          preceding years. If such interest were not portfolio interest, then it
          would be subject to United States federal income and  withholding  tax
          at a rate of 30 percent  unless  reduced or eliminated  pursuant to an
          applicable income tax treaty.

               (b) Any  capital  gain  realized  on the  sale or  other  taxable
          disposition  of a Note by a Foreign  Person will be exempt from United
          States federal income and withholding tax,  provided that (i) the gain
          is not  effectively  connected with the conduct of a trade or business
          in the United States by the Foreign Person, and (ii) in the case of an
          individual  Foreign  Person,  the Foreign Person is not present in the
          United  States for 183 days or more in the  taxable  year and  certain
          other requirements are met.

               (c) If the  interest,  gain or income on a Note held by a Foreign
          Person  is  effectively  connected  with  the  conduct  of a trade  or
          business  in the  United  States by the  Foreign  Person,  the  holder
          (although  exempt from the withholding  tax previously  discussed if a
          duly  executed Form 4224 is  furnished)  generally  will be subject to
          United States  federal  income tax on the interest,  gain or income at
          regular federal income tax rates.  In addition,  if the Foreign Person
          is a foreign  corporation,  it may be subject to a branch  profits tax
          equal  to 30  percent  of  its  "effectively  connected  earnings  and
          profits"  within the  meaning  of the Code for the  taxable  year,  as
          adjusted for certain items, unless it qualifies for a lower rate under
          an applicable tax treaty.

     The Withholding  Proposals were published in the Federal  Register on April
22, 1996. If and when finalized,  the Withholding  Proposals would substantially
modify the existing rules  summarized  above for the  withholding of U.S. tax on
payments of certain  kinds of income  (including  interest  and OID paid by U.S.
obligors) to foreign persons.  The Withholding  Proposals would, if finalized in
their  current form and upon becoming  effective,  make  significant  changes to
certain of the  procedures and  certification  requirements  described  above in
order to secure a reduction  in, or an  exemption  from,  U.S.  withholding  tax
otherwise  due with respect to payments to Note Owners who are foreign  persons.
Subject to certain  exceptions  and  transition  rules,  if  finalized  in their
current form,  the  Withholding  Proposals  would be effective for payments made
after  December 31, 1997,  regardless of the date of issuance of the  instrument
with respect to which those  payments are made.  There can be no assurance  that
the  Withholding  Proposals  will be  finalized  (whether  before or after their
proposed  effective  date)  or,  if they are  finalized,  that  they will not be
materially  modified from their current  form.  Prospective  Note Owners who are
foreign  persons are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the
possible impact of the Withholding Proposals on their particular situations.

Possible Alternative Treatments of the Notes

     If,  contrary to the opinion of Federal tax counsel,  the IRS  successfully
asserted  that one or more of the  classes of Notes did not  represent  debt for
federal income tax purposes,  the Notes might be treated as equity  interests in
the Trust. If so treated,  the Trust might be taxable as a corporation  with the
adverse  consequences  described above (and the taxable corporation would not be
able to reduce its taxable  income by deductions  for interest  expense on Notes
recharacterized  as  equity).  Alternatively,  the Trust  might be  treated as a
publicly traded  partnership that would not be taxable as a corporation  because
it would meet certain  qualifying  income tests.  Nonetheless,  treatment of the
Notes as equity  interests  in such a  publicly  traded  partnership  could have
adverse tax  consequences to certain holders.  For example,  all or a portion of
the income  accrued by tax-exempt  entities  (including  pension funds) would be
"unrelated  business taxable income," income to foreign holders might be subject
to U.S.  federal  income  tax and U.S.  federal  income  tax  return  filing and
withholding requirements, and individual holders might be subject to limitations
on their ability to deduct their shares of Trust expenses including losses.

Tax Consequences to Holders of the Certificates

     Treatment of the Trust as a Partnership. The Seller and the Master Servicer
will  agree,  and  the  Certificateholders  will  agree  by  their  purchase  of
Certificates,  to treat the Trust as a  partnership  for purposes of federal and
state income tax, state  franchise tax and any other tax measured in whole or in
part by income,  with the assets of the partnership being the assets held by the
Trust, the partners of the partnership being the  Certificateholders  (including
the Seller in its capacity as recipient of distributions from the Trust) and the
Notes  being  debt  of  the  partnership.  The  proper  characterization  of the
arrangement involving the Trust, the Certificates, the Notes, the Seller and the
Master  Servicer  is not  clear,  however,  because  there  is no  authority  on
transactions closely comparable to that contemplated herein. It is possible that
the Certificates could be considered debt of the Seller or the Trust because the
Certificates   have  certain   features   characteristic   of  debt.   Any  such
characterization  should not result in materially  adverse tax  consequences  to
Certificateholders  as  compared  to  the  consequences  from  treatment  of the
Certificates as equity in a partnership.  The following  discussion assumes that
the Certificates represent equity interests in a partnership.

     Partnership  Taxation.  As a partnership,  the Trust will not be subject to
federal income tax. Rather, each Certificateholder will be required to take into
account  separately  such holder's  allocable  share of income,  gains,  losses,
deductions  and credits of the Trust (as described  below).  The Trust's  income
will consist primarily of interest and finance charges earned on or with respect
to the Financed  Student Loans  (including  appropriate  adjustments  for market
discount,  OID and bond premium) and any gain upon  collection or disposition of
Financed  Student  Loans.  The Trust's  deductions  will  consist  primarily  of
interest accruing with respect to the Notes, servicing and other fees and losses
or deductions upon collection or disposition of Financed Student Loans.

     The tax  items  of a  partnership  are  allocable  among  the  partners  in
accordance with the Code,  Treasury  regulations  and the partnership  agreement
(here,  the Trust  Agreement and related  documents).  The Trust  Agreement will
provide that the Certificateholders generally will be allocated items of [gross]
income of the Trust for each  month  equal to the sum of (i) the  product of the
Certificate  Rate and the  Certificate  Balance for such  month,  (ii) an amount
equivalent to return that accrues during such month on amounts previously due on
the Certificates but not yet distributed, (iii) any Trust income attributable to
discount on the Financed  Student  Loans that  corresponds  to any excess of the
Certificate  Balance over their initial  issue price,  (iv)  prepayment  premium
payable to the  Certificateholders  for such month and (v) any other  amounts of
income payable to the  Certificateholders for such month. [All remaining taxable
income of the Trust will be  allocated  to the  Seller.]  Losses and  deductions
generally will not be allocated to the  Certificateholders  except to the extent
the  Master  Servicer  determines  that the  Certificateholders  are  reasonably
expected  to bear  the  economic  burden  of such  losses  or  deductions.  If a
Certificateholder   were  allocated   items  of  loss  and  deduction  that  are
characterized  as capital losses  (including  losses  recognized  upon the sale,
extension, revision or, in certain circumstances,  default of a Financed Student
Loan), such losses would generally be deductible by such  Certificateholder only
against  capital  gain  income  (whether  from the Trust or other  sources).  In
addition,  individual Certificateholders are generally subject to limitations on
their ability to deduct "miscellaneous  itemized deductions" of the Trust, which
include fees paid to the Master Servicer (but do not include interest expense on
the  Notes).  Finally,  individual  Certificateholders  may be  subject to other
limitations  on their ability to deduct losses and other  deductions,  including
limitations  applicable to investment interest, and should consult their own tax
advisors  regarding such  limitations.  As a consequence of the above  described
limitations   regarding   deduction   of  losses  and  other  Trust   items,   a
Certificateholder  could be  required to report  taxable  income that is greater
than the Certificateholder's gross income less losses and deductions.

     Under the method of allocation described above,  Certificateholders  may be
allocated  income  equal to the  entire  Certificate  Rate plus the other  items
described  above,  even though the Trust might not have  sufficient cash to make
current cash  distributions  of such amounts.  Thus,  cash basis holders will in
effect be required to report income from the  Certificates  on an accrual basis.
If a Certificateholder is allocated income in excess of cash distributions,  the
Certificateholder's basis in the Certificates will be increased by the amount of
such  excess,  which will  reduce any gain or  increase  any loss upon a sale or
other disposition of the Certificates, as described below under " -- Disposition
of  Certificates."  It is believed that this method of allocation  will be valid
under applicable Treasury  regulations,  although no assurance can be given that
the IRS would  not  require a  greater  amount  of  income  to be  allocated  to
Certificateholders.  It is also possible that the IRS would require the Trust to
allocate to Certificateholders net income (instead of gross income) equal to the
foregoing  amounts,  which  allocations would comprise items of gross income and
losses and deductions of the Trust.  If the Trust were to allocate net income to
Certificateholders' a Certificateholder's taxable income could exceed the amount
of net income allocated  because of limitations on the  deductibility of capital
losses and "miscellaneous itemized deductions" described above.

     As an alternative to the foregoing,  the IRS might treat Certificateholders
as receiving  guaranteed  payments  from the Trust,  in which event the payments
would be treated as ordinary  income but not as interest  income.  The Seller is
authorized  to adjust the  allocations  described  above to reflect the economic
income,  gain or loss to the  Certificateholders  (including  the  Seller) or as
otherwise required by the Code.

     A portion of the taxable income allocated to a Certificateholder  that is a
pension,  profit  sharing or employee  benefit plan or other  tax-exempt  entity
(including  an  individual  retirement  account)  will be treated as income from
"debt financed  property," which generally will be taxable as unrelated business
taxable income.

     The Eligible Lender Trustee intends to make all tax  calculations  relating
to income and allocations to  Certificateholders  on an aggregate  basis. If the
IRS were to require that such  calculations  be made separately for each Student
Loan, the Trust might be required to incur additional expense but it is believed
that there would not be a material adverse effect on Certificateholders.

     Discount and Premium.  It is believed  that the Financed  Student Loans may
have been issued (or may be issued) with OID. In the event that such OID exceeds
a de minimis  amount,  the Trust would have OID income.  As indicated  above,  a
portion of such OID income may be allocated to the Certificateholders.

     Moreover,  the purchase  price paid by the Trust for the  Financed  Student
Loans acquired by the Trust may be greater or less than the remaining  principal
balance  of the  Financed  Student  Loans at the time of  purchase.  If so,  the
Financed Student Loans will have been acquired at a premium or discount,  as the
case may be. (As indicated  above,  the Trust will make this  calculation  on an
aggregate basis, but might be required to recompute it on a loan by loan basis.)
If the  Trust  acquires  the  Financed  Student  Loans at a market  discount  or
premium,  the Trust will elect to include any such discount in income  currently
as it accrues over the life of the Financed  Student Loans or to offset any such
premium  currently  against  interest  income on the Financed  Student Loans. As
indicated  above, a portion of such market discount income or premium  deduction
may be allocated to Certificateholders.

     Distributions to Certificateholders.  Certificateholders generally will not
recognize  gain  or loss  with  respect  to  distributions  from  the  Trust.  A
Certificateholder  will recognize  gain,  however,  to the extent that any money
distributed exceeds the  Certificateholder's  adjusted basis in the Certificates
(as described below under "-- Disposition of Certificates")  immediately  before
the distribution.  A  Certificateholder  will recognize loss upon termination of
the Trust or termination of the Certificateholder's interest in the Trust if the
Trust only distributes money to the Certificateholder and the amount distributed
is less than the  Certificateholder's  adjusted basis in the  Certificates.  Any
gain  or  loss  generally  will  be  long-term  capital  gain  or  loss  if  the
Certificateholder's holding period of the Certificates is more than one year.

     Section 708  Termination.  Under Section 708 of the Code, the Trust will be
deemed to  terminate  for  federal  income  tax  purposes  if 50% or more of the
capital  and  profits  interests  in the  Trust are sold or  exchanged  within a
12-month period. If such a termination  occurs,  the Trust will be considered to
distribute  its assets to the  Certificateholders'  who would then be treated as
recontributing  those  assets  to the  Trust,  as a new  partnership.  (Treasury
regulations that would change this treatment have been proposed, but are not yet
effective.)  Such deemed  distribution and  recontribution  generally should not
result in material adverse tax consequences to  Certificateholders  (although it
may accelerate the  recognition of income from the Trust for  Certificateholders
whose  taxable year is different  than the Trust's  taxable year and result in a
shorter  holding  period for  Certificateholders  in their  Certificates  to the
extent the amount  distributed  to them in the deemed  termination  consists  of
money).  [The Trust will not comply with  certain  technical  requirements  that
might apply when such a constructive  termination occurs. As a result, the Trust
may be subject to certain tax penalties and may incur additional  expenses if it
is required to comply with those requirements.  Furthermore, the Trust might not
be able to comply due to lack of data.]

     Disposition  of  Certificates.   A  Certificateholder  who  disposes  of  a
Certificate  generally  will  recognize  gain or loss in an amount  equal to the
difference between the amount realized and the  Certificateholder's tax basis in
the  Certificates.  The gain or loss  generally will be capital gain or loss and
will be long-term  capital  gain or loss if the holding  period is more than one
year. A Certificateholder's  tax basis in a Certificate generally will equal the
holder's cost  increased by the holder's  share of Trust income  (includible  in
income)  and  decreased  by any  distributions  received  with  respect  to such
Certificate.  In addition, both the tax basis in the Certificates and the amount
realized  on a sale of a  Certificate  would  include  the  holder's  share  (as
determined  under  applicable  Treasury  regulations)  of the  Notes  and  other
liabilities of the Trust. A holder  acquiring  Certificates at different  prices
may be  required  to  maintain  a single  aggregate  adjusted  tax basis in such
Certificates,  and, upon sale or other  disposition of some of the Certificates,
allocate a portion of such aggregate tax basis to the Certificates  sold (rather
than  maintaining  a separate  tax basis in each  Certificate  for  purposes  of
computing gain or loss on a sale of that Certificate).

     Allocations  Between Transferors and Transferees.  In general,  the Trust's
taxable  income  and  losses  will be  determined  monthly  and tax  items for a
particular  calendar month will be apportioned among the  Certificateholders  in
proportion to the principal amount of Certificates owned by them as of the close
of the last day of the month. As a result, a holder purchasing  Certificates may
be  allocated  tax items  (which  will affect its tax  liability  and tax basis)
attributable to periods before the holder acquired the Certificates.

     The use of such a  monthly  convention  may not be  permitted  by  existing
regulations.  If a  monthly  convention  is not  allowed  (or  only  applies  to
transfers of less than all of the Certificateholder's  interest), taxable income
or losses of the Trust might be reallocated  among the  Certificateholders.  The
Seller is  authorized  to  revise  the  Trust's  method  of  allocation  between
transferors  and  transferees  to  conform  to the  method  permitted  by future
regulations.

     Section  754  Election.  In the event  that a  Certificateholder  sells its
Certificates at a profit (or loss), the purchasing Certificateholder will have a
higher (or lower) basis in the Certificates  than the selling  Certificateholder
had.  The tax basis of the Trust's  assets will not be adjusted to reflect  that
higher (or lower) basis unless the Trust were to file an election  under Section
754 of the Code. In order to avoid the administrative complexities that would be
involved in keeping the accounting  records  necessary if a Section 754 election
is made, as well as potentially onerous information reporting requirements,  the
Trust will not make such election.  As a result,  subsequent purchasers might be
allocated a greater or lesser  amount of Trust income than would be  appropriate
based on their own purchase price for Certificates.

     Administrative  Matters. The Eligible Lender Trustee is required to keep or
cause to be kept  complete and accurate  books of the Trust.  Such books will be
maintained for financial  reporting and tax purposes on an accrual basis and the
fiscal year of the Trust will be the calendar year. The Eligible  Lender Trustee
will file a partnership information return (IRS Form 1065) with the IRS for each
fiscal  year of the Trust and will  report  each  Certificateholder's  allocable
share of items of Trust income and expense to Certificateholders  and the IRS on
Schedule  K-1. The Trust will provide the Schedule K-1  information  to nominees
that fail to provide the Trust with the  information  statement  described below
and such nominees will be required to forward such information to the beneficial
owners of the Certificates. Generally,  Certificateholders must file tax returns
that are consistent with the information return filed by the Trust or be subject
to penalties unless the holder discloses the inconsistencies.

     Under  Section 6031 of the Code,  any person that holds  Certificates  as a
nominee at any time during a calendar year is required to furnish the Trust with
a statement  containing  certain  information about the nominee,  the beneficial
owners and the  Certificates  so held. Such  information  includes (i) the name,
address and  taxpayer  identification  number of the nominee and (ii) as to each
beneficial  owner (x) the name,  address and taxpayer  identification  number of
such person,  (y) whether such person is a United  States  person,  a tax-exempt
entity or a  foreign  government,  international  organization  or wholly  owned
agency or instrumentality of either of the foregoing and (z) certain information
about  Certificates  that were  held,  bought  or sold on behalf of such  person
throughout the year. In addition,  brokers and financial  institutions that hold
Certificates  through a nominee are  required  to furnish  directly to the Trust
information  about  themselves and their ownership of  Certificates.  A clearing
agency  registered  under  Section 17A of the  Exchange  Act is not  required to
furnish any such information statement to the Trust. The information referred to
above for any  calendar  year must be  furnished  to the Trust on or before  the
following January 31. Nominees,  brokers and financial institutions that fail to
provide  the  Trust  with the  information  described  above may be  subject  to
penalties.

     The  Seller  will be  designated  as the tax  matters  partner in the Trust
Agreement   and,   as  such,   will  be   responsible   for   representing   the
Certificateholders   in  any  dispute  with  the  IRS.  The  Code  provides  for
administrative  examination  of a  partnership  as if  the  partnership  were  a
separate  and  distinct  taxpayer.  Generally,  the statute of  limitations  for
partnership items does not expire before three years after the date on which the
partnership  information return is filed. Any adverse determination following an
audit of the return of the Trust by the  appropriate  taxing  authorities  could
result in an  adjustment  of the returns of the  Certificateholders  and,  under
certain  circumstances,  a  Certificateholder  may be precluded from  separately
litigating a proposed  adjustment to the items of the Trust. An adjustment could
also  result in an audit of a  Certificateholder's  returns and  adjustments  of
items not related to the income and losses of the Trust.

     Tax Consequences to Foreign Certificateholders.  No regulations,  published
rulings or judicial decisions exist that discuss the  characterization  for U.S.
federal  withholding  tax  purposes  with  respect  to  non-U.S.  persons  of  a
partnership with activities  substantially  the same as the Trust.  Accordingly,
the Trustee intends to withhold tax in the maximum amount that could be required
under different interpretations of the applicable Code provisions.

     If the Trust were  considered  to be engaged in a trade or  business in the
United States for such  purposes,  the income of the Trust  allocable to Foreign
Persons  would be subject to U.S.  federal  withholding  tax pursuant to Section
1446 of the Code at a rate of 35% for persons taxable as a corporation and 39.6%
for all other Foreign Persons.  Also, in such case, a Foreign  Certificateholder
that is a corporation  may be subject to the branch profits tax. If a beneficial
owner of the  Certificates  is a Foreign  Person,  the  withholding  agent  will
withhold  an amount at least  equal to the amount  that would be  required to be
withheld if it were engaged in a trade or business in the United States in order
to  protect  the Trust  from  possible  adverse  consequences  of a  failure  to
withhold.  Subsequent adoption of Treasury  regulations or the issuance of other
administrative  pronouncements  may require the Trust to change its  withholding
procedures.  Each  Foreign  Certificateholder  might be  required to file a U.S.
individual  or  corporate  income  tax  return  (including  in  the  case  of  a
corporation, the branch profits tax) on its share of the Trust's income.

     Each Foreign Certificateholder must obtain a taxpayer identification number
from the IRS and  submit  that  number to the  withholding  agent on Form W-8 in
order  to  assure  appropriate  crediting  of  any  taxes  withheld.  A  Foreign
Certificateholder  generally  would be entitled to file with the IRS a claim for
refund with respect to withheld  taxes,  taking the position  that no taxes were
due  because  the Trust was not engaged in a U.S.  trade or  business.  However,
interest  payments  made (or  accrued) to a  Certificateholder  who is a Foreign
Person may be  characterized  as other than  "portfolio  interest." As a result,
even if the Trust is not  considered to be engaged in a U.S.  trade or business,
Foreign Certificateholders will likely be subject to withholding tax pursuant to
Section  1441 or 1442 of the Code at a rate of 30  percent  on the gross  amount
allocated to such Certificateholders'  unless such rate is reduced or eliminated
pursuant to an applicable treaty. Consequently,  if a holder of a Certificate is
a Foreign Person,  the withholding  agent will withhold from the gross amount of
income of the Trust allocated to Foreign Certificateholders at a rate of 30% (to
the extent such amount  exceeds the amount  withheld  pursuant to the  preceding
paragraph) in order to protect the Trust from possible adverse consequences of a
failure to withhold. A Foreign  Certificateholder would generally be entitled to
file with the IRS a refund claim for such  withheld  taxes,  taking the position
that the interest was portfolio interest.  However,  the IRS may disagree and no
assurance can be given as to the appropriate amount of tax liability.

     AS A RESULT OF THE  FOREGOING,  THE  CERTIFICATES  GENERALLY  SHOULD NOT BE
PURCHASED BY FOREIGN PERSONS.

     Backup  Withholding.  Proceeds  from  the sale of the  Certificate  will be
subject   to  a  "backup"   withholding   tax  of  31%  if,  in   general,   the
Certificateholder   is  a  U.S.   person  and  fails  to  comply  with   certain
identification  procedures,  unless the Certificateholder is an exempt recipient
under applicable provisions of the Code.

                         CERTAIN STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES

     [The above  discussion does not otherwise  address the tax treatment of the
related  Trust  or  the  Notes,  the   Certificates,   the  Noteholders  or  the
Certificateholders  under any state or local tax  laws.  The  activities  of the
Master  Servicer in servicing and  collecting  the Trust Student Loans will take
place at each of the  locations at which the Master  Servicer's  operations  are
conducted  and,  therefore,  different  tax  regimes  apply to the Trust and the
Securityholders.  Prospective  investors are urged to consult with their own tax
advisors  regarding  the state and local tax  treatment of the related  Trust as
well as any state and local tax consequences to them of purchasing,  holding and
disposing of the Notes and the Certificates.]

     THE FEDERAL AND STATE TAX  DISCUSSIONS  SET FORTH  ABOVE ARE  INCLUDED  FOR
GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE DEPENDING UPON A NOTEHOLDER'S
OR CERTIFICATEHOLDER'S  PARTICULAR TAX SITUATION.  PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS SHOULD
CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE TAX  CONSEQUENCES  TO THEM OF THE
PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF NOTES AND CERTIFICATES, INCLUDING THE TAX
CONSEQUENCES  UNDER  STATE,  LOCAL,  FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX LAWS AND THE POSSIBLE
EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN FEDERAL OR OTHER TAX LAWS.


                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

     The Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"),
and Section 4975 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1988, as amended (the "Code"),
impose certain restrictions on (a) employee benefit plans (as defined in Section
3(3) of ERISA), (b) plans described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code, including
individual retirement accounts or Keogh plans, (c) any entities whose underlying
assets  include plan assets by reason of a plan's  investment  in such  entities
(each of (a), (b) and (c), a "Plan") and (d) persons who have certain  specified
relationships to such Plans ("Parties in Interest" under ERISA and "Disqualified
Persons" under the Code). Moreover,  based on the reasoning of the United States
Supreme Court in John Hancock Life Ins. Co. v. Harris Trust and Sav.  Bank,  114
S. Ct. 517  (1993),  an  insurance  company's  general  account may be deemed to
include assets of the Plans investing in the general  account (e.g.  through the
purchase of an annuity contract), and such insurance company might be treated as
a Party in Interest with respect to a Plan by virtue of such  investment.  ERISA
also imposes  certain duties on persons who are  fiduciaries of Plans subject to
ERISA and prohibits certain  transactions between a Plan and Parties in Interest
or Disqualified Persons with respect to such Plans.

     The Seller,  the Master Servicer,  the  Administrator,  the Eligible Lender
Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee may be the sponsor of or  investment  advisor
with  respect to one or more Plans.  Because  such  parties may receive  certain
benefits in  connection  with the sale of the Notes,  the  purchase of the Notes
using Plan assets over which any of such parties has investment  authority might
be deemed to be a violation of the prohibited transaction rules of ERISA and the
Code for which no exemption may be available.  Accordingly, the Notes may not be
purchased  using  the  assets  of any  Plan  if any of the  Seller,  the  Master
Servicer,  the  Administrator,  the  Eligible  Lender  Trustee or the  Indenture
Trustee has investment authority with respect to such assets.

     In  addition,  a  Certificateholder,  because  of  its  activities  or  the
activities of its respective affiliates, may be deemed to be a Party in Interest
or Disqualified Person with respect to certain Plans,  including but not limited
to Plans  sponsored  by such  Certificateholder.  If the Notes are acquired by a
Plan  with  respect  to  which a  Certificateholder  is a Party in  Interest  or
Disqualified Person, such transaction could be deemed to be a direct or indirect
violation of the prohibited  transaction rules of ERISA and the Code unless such
transaction were subject to one or more statutory or  administrative  exemptions
such as Prohibited  Transaction  Class  Exemption  84-14,  which exempts certain
transactions  effected on behalf of a Plan by a  "qualified  professional  asset
manager".  It should be noted, however, that even if the conditions specified in
one of these  exemptions are met, the scope of relief  provided by the exemption
may not  necessarily  cover  all acts  that  might be  construed  as  prohibited
transactions.

     Accordingly,  prior to making an investment  in the Notes,  a Plan investor
must determine whether, and each fiduciary causing the Notes to be purchased by,
on behalf of or using the  assets of a Plan that is  subject  to the  prohibited
transaction  rules  of Title I of ERISA  or  Section  4975 of the Code  shall be
deemed to have  represented  that, an exemption from the prohibited  transaction
rules applies such that the use of the assets of such Plan to purchase the Notes
does  not and  will  not  constitute  a  non-exempt  prohibited  transaction  in
violation of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

     Because the  Certificates  represent  equity  investments in the Trust, the
Certificates  may  not be  purchased  with  assets  of any  Plan  or any  entity
(including, as applicable, an insurance company general account) that is subject
to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code whose underlying assets might be
deemed to  include  Plan  assets by reason of such a Plan's  investment  in such
entity.  Accordingly,  each  purchaser  of  Certificates  will be deemed to have
represented  that it is neither  such a Plan,  purchasing  the  Certificates  on
behalf of such a Plan,  nor using the assets of such a Plan to  purchase  any of
the Certificates,  and to have agreed that if such Certificates are subsequently
deemed to be Plan assets, it will dispose of them.

     In this regard,  it should be noted that the Small  Business Job Protection
Act of 1996  added new  Section  401(c) of ERISA  relating  to the status of the
assets of insurance company general accounts under ERISA and Section 4975 of the
Code.  Pursuant to Section 401(c),  the Department of Labor is required to issue
final  regulations (the "General Account  Regulations")  not later than December
31, 1997 with respect to  insurance  policies  issued on or before  December 31,
1998 that are supported by an insurer's  general  account.  The General  Account
Regulations  are to  provide  guidance  on  which  assets  held  by the  insurer
constitute "plan assets" for purposes of the fiduciary responsibility provisions
of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code. Section 401(c) also provides that, except
in the case of avoidance of the General  Account  Regulation and actions brought
by the Secretary of Labor relating to certain  breaches of fiduciary duties that
also constitute  breaches of state or federal  criminal law, until the date that
is 18 months after the General  Account  Regulations  become final, no liability
under the fiduciary  responsibility  and  prohibited  transaction  provisions of
ERISA and Section 4975 may result on the basis of a claim that the assets of the
general account of an insurance  company  constitute the plan assets of any such
plan. The plan asset status of insurance company separate accounts is unaffected
by new Section  401(c) of ERISA,  and  separate  account  assets  continue to be
treated as the plan assets of any such plan invested in a separate account.

     Prior to making an  investment  in the Notes,  prospective  Plan  investors
should consult with their legal advisors  concerning the impact of ERISA and the
Code and the potential  consequences  of such  investment  with respect to their
specific circumstances.  Moreover, each Plan fiduciary should take into account,
among other considerations,  whether the fiduciary has the authority to make the
investment;  whether the investment constitutes a direct or indirect transaction
with a Party in Interest;  the composition of the Plan's  portfolio with respect
to  diversification  by type of asset;  the Plan's funding  objectives;  the tax
effects of the investment;  and whether under the general fiduciary standards of
investment   procedure  and  diversification  an  investment  in  the  Notes  is
appropriate for the Plan's Investment portfolio.

                                  UNDERWRITING

     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement
relating to the Notes and the Certificates (the "Underwriting  Agreement"),  the
Seller has  agreed to cause the Trust to sell to the  underwriters  named  below
(the  "Underwriters"),  and each of the  Underwriters  has  severally  agreed to
purchase,  the  principal  amount  of Class  A-1  Notes,  Class  A-2  Notes  and
Certificates set forth opposite its name:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               Principal Amount of       Principal Amount of    Principal Amount of
                Underwriter                      Class A-1 Notes           Class A-2 Notes          Certificates
                -----------                      ---------------           ---------------          ------------
<S>                                         <C>                       <C>                      <C>                
First Union Capital Markets Corp.
[---------------------------]
                                             ------------------        ------------------       ----------------

Total
</TABLE>


     In the Underwriting Agreement, the Underwriters have agreed, subject to the
terms and conditions  set forth  therein,  to purchase (i) all the Notes offered
hereby if any of the Notes are purchased and (ii) all the  Certificates  offered
hereby if any of the Certificates are purchased.  The Seller has been advised by
the Underwriters that the Underwriters propose initially to offer the Securities
to the public at the respective public offering prices set forth on the covering
page of this Prospectus, and to certain dealers at such prices less a concession
not in excess of  -----%;  per  Class  A-1 Note,  -----%  per Class A-2 Note and
- -----% per Certificate.  The Underwriters may allow and such dealers may reallow
to other  dealers a discount not in excess of -----% per Class A-1 Note,  -----%
per Class A-2 Note and -----% per Certificate. After the Securities are released
for sale to the  public,  the  offering  prices and other  selling  terms may be
varied by the Underwriters.

     The  Underwriting  Agreement  provides  that the Seller will  indemnify the
Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under applicable
securities  laws, or contribute to payments the  Underwriters may be required to
make in respect thereof.

     The Notes and Certificates are new issues of securities with no established
trading  market.  The  Seller  has been  advised  by the  Underwriters  that the
Underwriters  intend to make a market in the Notes and  Certificates but are not
obligated  to do so and may  discontinue  market  marking  at any  time  without
notice.  No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the trading market for
the Notes and Certificates.

     The Trust may, from time to time in the ordinary course of business, but is
under no  obligation  to,  invest the funds in the Trust  Accounts  in  Eligible
Investments acquired from the Underwriters.

     The closing of the sale of the  Certificates  is conditioned on the closing
of the sale of the Notes and the closing of the sale of the Notes is conditioned
on the closing of the sale of the Certificates.

     Upon  receipt of a request by an investor  who has  received an  electronic
Prospectus from the Underwriters or by such investor's representative within the
period  during  which  there is an  obligation  to  deliver  a  Prospectus,  the
applicable  Underwriter  will promptly  deliver to such investor a paper copy of
the Prospectus.

     During and after the offering, the Underwriters may purchase and sell Notes
and Certificates in the open market in transactions in the United States.  These
transactions  may  include   overallotment  and  stabilizing   transactions  and
purchases to cover short positions created in connection with the offering.  The
Underwriters also may impose a penalty bid, whereby selling  concessions allowed
to  broker-dealers in respect of the Notes and Certificates sold in the offering
for  their  account  may be  reclaimed  by the  Underwriters  if such  Notes and
Certificates  are  repurchased  by the  Underwriters  in stabilizing or covering
transactions.  These activities may stabilize,  maintain or otherwise affect the
market price of the Notes and  Certificates,  which may be higher than the price
that  might  otherwise  prevail in the open  market.  These  transaction  may be
effected in the over-the-counter market or otherwise,  and these activities,  if
commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

     Each  Underwriter has represented and agreed that (a) it has not offered or
sold, and will not offer or sell Notes or  Certificates to persons in the United
Kingdom except to persons whose ordinary  activities  involve them in acquiring,
holding,  managing or disposing of  investments  (as principal or agent) for the
purposes  of  their  businesses  or  otherwise  in  circumstances  which  do not
constitute an offer to the public in the United  Kingdom for the purposes of the
Public  Offers of  Securities  Regulations  1995,  (b) it has  complied and will
comply with all  applicable  provisions  of the  Financial  Services Act 1986 of
Great  Britain with  respect to anything  done by it in relation to the Notes or
the Certificates  in, from or otherwise  involving the United Kingdom and (c) it
has only  issued  or  passed  on and will  only  issue or pass on in the  United
Kingdom  any  document  in  connection  with  the  issue  of  the  Notes  or the
Certificates  to a person who is of a kind  described  in  Article  11(3) of the
Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements)  (Exemptions) Order 1996
or is a person to whom the document may  otherwise  lawfully be issued or passed
on.

     No action has been or will be taken by the Seller or the Underwriters  that
would permit a public offering of the Notes and the  Certificates in any country
or jurisdiction  other than in the United States,  where action for that purpose
is required.  Accordingly,  the Notes and the Certificates may not be offered or
sold,  directly or  indirectly,  and neither this  Prospectus  nor any circular,
prospectus,  form  of  application,  advertisement  or  other  material  may  be
distributed in or from or published in any country or jurisdiction, except under
circumstances  that  will  result in  compliance  with any  applicable  laws and
regulations.  Persons into whose hands this Prospectus comes are required by the
Seller and the  Underwriters  to comply with all applicable laws and regulations
in each country or jurisdiction in which they purchase, sell or deliver Notes or
Certificates or have in their possession or distribute such  Prospectus,  in all
cases at their own expense.

     This  Prospectus  may be used by First  Union  Capital  Markets  Corp.,  an
affiliate of the Seller and Master Servicer, in connection with offers and sales
related to market-making  transactions in the Notes and the Certificates.  First
Union Capital Markets Corp. may act as principal or agent in such  transactions.
Such sales will be made at prices  related to  prevailing  market  prices at the
time of sale or otherwise.

     The  Seller is an  affiliate  of First  Union  Capital  Markets  Corp.  The
Underwriters  or agents and their  associates  may be  customers  of  (including
borrowers  from),  engage in transaction  with,  and/or perform services for the
Seller,  its  affiliates,  and the Indenture  Trustee in the ordinary  course of
business.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters  relating to the  Securities  will be passed upon for
the Trust, the Seller and the  Administrator  by Cadwalader,  Wickersham & Taft,
Charlotte,  North Carolina and for the Underwriters by Kilpatrick  Stockton LLP,
Charlotte,  North Carolina. Certain federal income tax and other matters will be
passed upon for the Trust by  Cadwalader,  Wickersham & Taft,  Charlotte,  North
Carolina.




                            INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS

     Set forth below is a list of defined terms used in this  Prospectus and the
pages on which the definitions of such terms may be found herein.

1
1992 Amendments....................................41
1993 Act...........................................41
5
52 Week T-Bill Rate................................72
9
91-day Treasury Bills...............................6
A
Adjusted Pool Balance...........................7, 69
Administration Agreement............................4
Administration Fee.............................26, 77
Administrator.......................................4
Administrator Default..............................73
Applicable Trustee.................................58
Auction Distribution Date.......................9, 76
Available Funds....................................65
B
Bank...............................................25
C
Capped Amount..................................13, 65
Cede............................................3, 58
Cedel...........................................4, 59
Cedel Participants.................................59
Certificate Balance................................68
Certificate Final Payment Date..................9, 53
Certificate Pool Factor............................50
Certificate Rate...................................53
Certificateholders..................................6
Certificateholders' Principal Distribution Amount..68
Certificateholders' Distribution Amount............68
Certificateholders' Interest Distribution Amount...68
Certificateholders' Interest Index Carryover....6, 68
Certificateholders' Interest Shortfall.............68
Certificateholders' Principal Shortfall............68
Certificates.....................................1, 4
Class A-1 Final Maturity Date...................9, 52
Class A-1 Note Pool Factor.........................50
Class A-1 Notes..................................1, 4
Class A-1 Rate.....................................51
Class A-2 Final Maturity Date...................9, 52
Class A-2 Note Pool Factor.........................50
Class A-2 Notes..................................1, 4
Class A-2 Rate.....................................51
Closing Date........................................5
Code.......................................14, 79, 88
Collection Account.................................11
Collection Period...................................7
Commission..........................................3
Consolidation Loans................................41
Cooperative........................................59
CSLF............................................2, 33
Cutoff Date.........................................2
D
Deferral...........................................31
Deferral Period....................................46
Definitive Certificates............................60
Definitive Notes...................................60
Definitive Securities..............................60
Department......................................2, 10
Depositaries.......................................58
Depository.........................................51
Determination Date.................................65
Disqualified Persons...............................88
Distribution Date................................2, 5
DOE Data Book......................................35
DTC..........................................3, 4, 58
E
Eligible Deposit Account...........................63
Eligible Institution...............................63
Eligible Investments...............................63
Eligible Lender Trustee..........................2, 5
ERISA..........................................14, 88
Euroclear.......................................4, 59
Euroclear Operator.................................59
Euroclear Participants.............................59
Event of Default...................................55
Excess Servicing Fee...........................13, 65
Exchange Act........................................3
Expected Interest Collections......................51
F
family contribution................................43
FDIA...............................................19
FDIC...............................................19
Federal Assistance.................................44
Federal Consolidation Loans........................41
Federal Direct Student Loan........................41
Federal Direct Student Loan Program................18
Federal Guarantors.................................33
Federal PLUS Loans.................................41
Federal Stafford Loans.............................41
Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Loans................41
FFELP...........................................5, 40
Financed Student Loans.......................2, 5, 10
FIRREA.............................................19
First Union..................................2, 4, 25
Forbearance........................................31
Forbearance Period.................................46
Foreign Person.....................................83
G
General Account Regulations........................89
Grace..............................................31
Grace Period.......................................46
Guarantee Agreement................................17
Guarantee Payments.................................17
Guaranteed Student Loan Program....................40
Guarantors.........................................10
H
Higher Education Act...............................17
I
Indenture...........................................5
Indenture Trustee...................................5
Index of Principal Terms............................4
Indirect Participants..............................58
Initial Pool Balance...............................12
In-School..........................................31
Insolvency Event...................................75
insurance triggers.................................40
Interest Period.................................6, 51
Interest Subsidy Payments..........................41
Investment Earnings................................63
IRS................................................79
L
Liquidated Student Loans...........................66
Liquidation Proceeds...............................66
Lock-In Period.....................................54
M
Margin..............................................6
Master Servicer.....................................4
Master Servicer Default............................73
Master Servicing Agreement..........................4
Minimum Purchase Amount........................10, 76
Monthly Servicing Payment Date......................8
N
NJHEAA..........................................2, 33
Note Interest Rates................................51
Note Owner.........................................80
Noteholders.........................................5
Noteholders' Distribution Amount...................68
Noteholders' Interest Distribution Amount..........69
Noteholders' Interest Index Carryover...........6, 69
Noteholders' Interest Shortfall....................69
Noteholders' Principal Distribution Amount.........69
Noteholders' Principal Shortfall...................69
Notes............................................1, 4
NYSHESC.........................................2, 33
O
Obligors...........................................69
OID................................................80
OID Regulations....................................80
P
Participants...................................51, 58
Parties in Interest................................88
PHEAA...........................................2, 33
Plan...........................................14, 88
PLUS and SLS Loan Programs.........................43
PLUS Loans.........................................41
Pool Balance....................................7, 69
Pool Factor........................................50
Prepayment Assumption..............................80
prepayments........................................21
Purchase Amount....................................62
R
Realized Loss......................................70
Registration Statement..............................3
Regulations.........................................2
Reinsurance Rate...................................48
Related Documents..................................57
Repayment..........................................31
Reserve Account....................................11
Reserve Account Initial Deposit....................11
Rules..............................................59
S
Sale Agreement.....................................10
Secretary..........................................18
Securities.......................................1, 4
Securities Act......................................3
Securityholders.....................................6
Seller...........................................2, 4
Seller Trusts......................................21
Servicing Fee..................................13, 65
SLS Loans..........................................41
Special Allowance Payments.........................41
Specified Reserve Account Balance..............11, 70
Student Loan Rate...............................7, 51
Student Loans......................................10
Subservicer........................................25
Subservicing Agreement.............................25
Subsidized Stafford Loans..........................41
Supplemental Loans to Students.....................41
T
T-Bill Rate........................................54
Technical Amendments...............................41
Terms and Conditions...............................60
Transfer and Servicing Agreements..................62
Trust............................................1, 4
Trust Accounts.....................................63
Trust Agreement.....................................5
Trust Fees.....................................12, 25
U
UCC................................................77
Underwriters....................................1, 90
Underwriting Agreements............................90
Unmet Need.........................................43
Unsubsidized Stafford Loans........................41
USAF............................................2, 33
W
Withholding Proposals..............................82






                               ------------------

UNTIL  ----------  ---,  1997 (90 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS  PROSPECTUS),  ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS IN THE SECURITIES,  WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING
IN THIS  DISTRIBUTION,  MAY BE  REQUIRED  TO  DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS.  THIS IS IN
ADDITION TO THE  OBLIGATION  OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS  WHEN ACTING AS
UNDERWRITERS  AND WITH  RESPECT TO THEIR  UNSOLD  ALLOTMENTS  OR  SUBSCRIPTIONS.
             ------------------------------------------------------
             ------------------------------------------------------

- ------------------------------------------------------

NO  DEALER,  SALESPERSON  OR  OTHER  PERSON  HAS  BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE  ANY
INFORMATION  OR TO MAKE  ANY  REPRESENTATIONS  OTHER  THAN  THOSE  CONTAINED  OR
INCORPORATED  BY REFERENCE IN THIS  PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER MADE
BY THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE,  SUCH  INFORMATION OR  REPRESENTATIONS
MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN  AUTHORIZED  BY THE SELLER,  THE TRUST OR
THE  UNDERWRITERS.  THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION
BY ANYONE IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR  SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED OR
IN WHICH THE PERSON MAKING SUCH OFFER OR  SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO
OR TO  ANYONE  TO WHOM  IT IS  UNLAWFUL  TO MAKE  SUCH  OFFER  OR  SOLICITATION.
                            -----------------------






                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                 Page

Available Information...............................3
Reports to Securityholders..........................3
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference.....3
Summary of Terms....................................5
Risk Factors.......................................16
Formation of the Trust.............................24
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
    Financial Condition and Results of Operations..25
Use of Proceeds....................................26
The Seller, the Master Servicer and the
     Administrator.................................26
The Financed Student Loan Pool.....................27
The Federal Family Education Loan Program..........42
Pool Factors and Trading Information...............52
Description of the Securities......................53
Description of the Transfer and Servicing
    Agreements.....................................64
Certain Legal Aspects of the Financed
    Student Loans..................................80
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences............82
Certain State Tax Consequences.....................91
ERISA Considerations...............................92
Underwriting.......................................93
Legal Matters......................................95
Index of Principal Terms...........................96






                               $-----------------

                      First Union Student Loan Trust 1997-1

                               $-----------------
                             Floating Rate Class A-1
                               Asset Backed Notes

                               $-----------------
                             Floating Rate Class A-2
                               Asset Backed Notes

                               $-----------------
                                  Floating Rate
                            Asset Backed Certificates

                            First Union National Bank
                                     Seller

                            First Union National Bank
                                 Master Servicer

                                   PROSPECTUS

                        First Union Capital Markets Corp.
                           [-------------------------]
             ------------------------------------------------------



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission